HK1239839B - Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter - Google Patents
Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- HK1239839B HK1239839B HK17112915.8A HK17112915A HK1239839B HK 1239839 B HK1239839 B HK 1239839B HK 17112915 A HK17112915 A HK 17112915A HK 1239839 B HK1239839 B HK 1239839B
- Authority
- HK
- Hong Kong
- Prior art keywords
- toner cartridge
- opening
- shutter
- toner
- container
- Prior art date
Links
Description
技术领域Technical Field
本发明涉及用于电子照相式成像的调色剂盒、调色剂供给机构和闸板。The present invention relates to a toner cartridge, a toner supply mechanism and a shutter plate for electrophotographic image formation.
背景技术Background Art
在电子照相型成像装置的领域中,已知作为能够用于成像的可旋转构件的诸如感光鼓和/或显影辊这样的元件被整合到盒中,所述盒能够可拆卸地安装到成像装置的主组件(主组件)。In the field of electrophotographic image forming apparatuses, it is known that elements such as a photosensitive drum and/or a developing roller as rotatable members capable of image formation are incorporated into a cartridge detachably mountable to a main assembly (main assembly) of the image forming apparatus.
作为这样的能够可拆卸地安装到成像装置的盒中的一种,已知的是可更换并且不包括感光鼓或显影辊的调色剂盒,该调色剂盒包含随着成像而被消耗的调色剂(显影剂)。As one of such cartridges that can be detachably mounted to an image forming apparatus, there is known a toner cartridge that is replaceable and does not include a photosensitive drum or a developing roller, and contains toner (developer) that is consumed along with image formation.
使用这样的结构,调色剂(显影剂)通过排出开口从调色剂盒排出到包括显影辊等的显影装置中。此外,为了防止调色剂通过排出开口泄漏,提供用于打开和关闭排出开口的诸如闸板这样的打开/关闭构件。With such a structure, toner (developer) is discharged from the toner cartridge through the discharge opening into a developing device including a developing roller, etc. Further, in order to prevent toner from leaking through the discharge opening, an opening/closing member such as a shutter is provided for opening and closing the discharge opening.
例如,日本特开专利申请Hei 7-199623公开了一种结构,其中,当圆筒状调色剂盒(显影剂供给容器)安装到成像装置的主组件时,调色剂盒旋转,由此打开闸板。For example, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Application No. Hei 7-199623 discloses a structure in which, when a cylindrical toner cartridge (developer supply container) is mounted to the main assembly of an image forming apparatus, the toner cartridge is rotated, thereby opening a shutter.
发明内容Summary of the Invention
[要解决的问题][Problem to be solved]
本发明的目的是提供对上述常规结构的进一步改进。The object of the present invention is to provide further improvements to the above conventional structures.
[用于解决问题的手段][Methods used to solve the problem]
根据本发明的第一方面,提供了一种能够可拆卸地安装到接收装置的调色剂盒,所述调色剂盒包括:容器,所述容器包括用于收容调色剂的收容部分和用于将调色剂从所述收容部分排出到接收装置中的排出开口;以及打开/关闭构件,所述打开/关闭构件包括用于关闭所述排出开口的关闭部分和能够相对于所述关闭部分移动的接合部分,所述打开/关闭构件能够相对于所述容器在(a)用于促使所述关闭部分打开所述排出开口的打开位置和(b)用于促使所述关闭部分关闭所述排出开口的关闭位置之间旋转,其中所述接合部分能够相对于所述关闭部分在(c)用于在从所述接收装置拆卸所述调色剂盒时与所述接收装置接合以便接收用于将所述打开/关闭构件从打开位置移动到关闭位置的力的接合位置和(d)从接合位置退避的退避位置之间移动,并且其中随着所述打开/关闭构件从关闭位置到打开位置的旋转,所述接合部分能够从退避位置移动到接合位置。According to a first aspect of the present invention, there is provided a toner cartridge that can be detachably mounted to a receiving device, the toner cartridge comprising: a container comprising a receiving portion for receiving toner and a discharge opening for discharging the toner from the receiving portion into the receiving device; and an opening/closing member comprising a closing portion for closing the discharge opening and an engaging portion that can move relative to the closing portion, the opening/closing member being rotatable relative to the container between (a) an open position for urging the closing portion to open the discharge opening and (b) a closed position for urging the closing portion to close the discharge opening, wherein the engaging portion is movable relative to the closing portion between (c) an engaging position for engaging with the receiving device when the toner cartridge is removed from the receiving device so as to receive a force for moving the opening/closing member from the open position to the closed position and (d) a retracted position for retracting from the engaging position, and wherein the engaging portion is movable from the retracted position to the engaging position as the opening/closing member rotates from the closed position to the open position.
根据本发明的第二方面,提供了一种能够可拆卸地安装到接收装置的调色剂盒,所述调色剂盒包括:容器,所述容器包括用于收容调色剂的收容部分和用于将调色剂从所述收容部分排出到接收装置中的排出开口;以及打开/关闭构件,所述打开/关闭构件包括用于关闭所述排出开口的关闭部分和能够相对于所述关闭部分移动的接合部分,所述打开/关闭构件能够相对于所述容器在(a)用于促使所述关闭部分打开所述排出开口的打开位置和(b)用于促使所述关闭部分关闭所述排出开口的关闭位置之间旋转,其中所述接合部分能够相对于所述关闭部分在(c)用于在从所述接收装置拆卸所述调色剂盒时与所述接收装置接合以便接收用于将所述打开/关闭构件从打开位置移动到关闭位置的力的接合位置和(d)从接合位置退避的退避位置之间移动,并且其中随着所述打开/关闭构件从打开位置到关闭位置的旋转,所述接合部分能够从接合位置移动到退避位置。According to a second aspect of the present invention, there is provided a toner cartridge that can be detachably mounted to a receiving device, the toner cartridge comprising: a container comprising a receiving portion for receiving toner and a discharge opening for discharging the toner from the receiving portion into the receiving device; and an opening/closing member comprising a closing portion for closing the discharge opening and an engaging portion that can move relative to the closing portion, the opening/closing member being rotatable relative to the container between (a) an open position for urging the closing portion to open the discharge opening and (b) a closed position for urging the closing portion to close the discharge opening, wherein the engaging portion is movable relative to the closing portion between (c) an engaging position for engaging with the receiving device when the toner cartridge is removed from the receiving device so as to receive a force for moving the opening/closing member from the open position to the closed position and (d) a retracted position for retracting from the engaging position, and wherein the engaging portion is movable from the engaging position to the retracted position as the opening/closing member rotates from the open position to the closed position.
根据本发明的第三方面,提供了一种通过包括旋转操作的安装操作能够可拆卸地安装到接收装置的调色剂盒,所述调色剂盒包括:容器,所述容器包括用于收容调色剂的收容部分和用于将调色剂从所述收容部分排出到接收装置中的排出开口;以及打开/关闭构件,所述打开/关闭构件包括用于关闭所述排出开口的关闭部分和能够相对于所述关闭部分移动的接合部分,所述打开/关闭构件能够相对于所述容器在(a)用于促使所述关闭部分打开所述排出开口的打开位置和(b)用于促使所述关闭部分关闭所述排出开口的关闭位置之间移动,其中所述接合部分能够相对于所述关闭部分在(c)用于在从所述接收装置拆卸所述调色剂盒时与所述接收装置接合以便接收用于将所述打开/关闭构件从打开位置移动到关闭位置的力的接合位置和(d)从接合位置退避的退避位置之间移动,并且其中随着所述旋转操作,所述接合部分能够从退避位置移动到接合位置。According to a third aspect of the present invention, there is provided a colorant box that can be detachably mounted to a receiving device by an installation operation including a rotation operation, the colorant box comprising: a container, the container comprising a receiving portion for receiving colorant and a discharge opening for discharging colorant from the receiving portion into the receiving device; and an opening/closing member, the opening/closing member comprising a closing portion for closing the discharge opening and a coupling portion that can be moved relative to the closing portion, the opening/closing member being movable relative to the container between (a) an open position for urging the closing portion to open the discharge opening and (b) a closed position for urging the closing portion to close the discharge opening, wherein the coupling portion is movable relative to the closing portion between (c) an engaging position for engaging with the receiving device when the colorant box is removed from the receiving device so as to receive a force for moving the opening/closing member from the open position to the closed position and (d) a retracted position for retracting from the engaging position, and wherein the coupling portion is movable from the retracted position to the engaging position along with the rotation operation.
根据本发明的第四方面,提供了一种通过包括旋转操作的拆卸操作能够从接收装置拆卸的调色剂盒,所述调色剂盒包括:容器,所述容器包括用于收容调色剂的收容部分和用于将调色剂从所述收容部分排出到接收装置中的排出开口;以及打开/关闭构件,所述打开/关闭构件包括用于关闭所述排出开口的关闭部分和能够相对于所述关闭部分移动的接合部分,所述打开/关闭构件能够相对于所述容器在(a)用于促使所述关闭部分打开所述排出开口的打开位置和(b)用于促使所述关闭部分关闭所述排出开口的关闭位置之间移动,其中所述接合部分能够相对于所述关闭部分在(c)用于在从所述接收装置拆卸所述调色剂盒时与所述接收装置接合以便接收用于将所述打开/关闭构件从打开位置移动到关闭位置的力的接合位置和(d)从接合位置退避的退避位置之间移动,并且其中随着所述旋转操作,所述接合部分能够从接合位置移动到退避位置。According to a fourth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a colorant box that can be removed from a receiving device by a disassembly operation including a rotation operation, the colorant box including: a container, the container including a receiving portion for receiving colorant and a discharge opening for discharging colorant from the receiving portion into the receiving device; and an opening/closing member, the opening/closing member including a closing portion for closing the discharge opening and a coupling portion that can be moved relative to the closing portion, the opening/closing member can be moved relative to the container between (a) an open position for prompting the closing portion to open the discharge opening and (b) a closed position for prompting the closing portion to close the discharge opening, wherein the coupling portion can be moved relative to the closing portion between (c) an engaging position for engaging with the receiving device when the colorant box is removed from the receiving device so as to receive a force for moving the opening/closing member from the open position to the closed position and (d) a retreat position for retreating from the engaging position, and wherein the coupling portion can be moved from the engaging position to the retreat position along with the rotation operation.
根据本发明的第五方面,提供了一种能够可拆卸地安装到接收装置的调色剂盒,所述调色剂盒包括:容器,所述容器包括用于收容调色剂的收容部分和用于将调色剂从所述收容部分排出到接收装置中的排出开口;以及打开/关闭构件,所述打开/关闭构件包括用于关闭所述排出开口的关闭部分和能够相对于所述关闭部分移动的接合部分,所述打开/关闭构件能够相对于所述容器在(a)用于促使所述关闭部分打开所述排出开口的打开位置和(b)用于促使所述关闭部分关闭所述排出开口的关闭位置之间移动,其中所述接合部分能够相对于所述关闭部分在(c)用于在从所述接收装置拆卸所述调色剂盒时与所述接收装置接合以便接收用于将所述打开/关闭构件从打开位置移动到关闭位置的力的接合位置和(d)从接合位置退避的退避位置之间移动,以及退避位置移动部分,所述退避位置移动部分用于随着所述打开/关闭构件从打开位置到关闭位置的移动而将所述接合部分从接合位置移动到退避位置。According to a fifth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a toner cartridge that can be detachably mounted to a receiving device, the toner cartridge comprising: a container comprising a receiving portion for receiving toner and a discharge opening for discharging the toner from the receiving portion into the receiving device; and an opening/closing member comprising a closing portion for closing the discharge opening and a coupling portion that can be moved relative to the closing portion, the opening/closing member being movable relative to the container between (a) an open position for urging the closing portion to open the discharge opening and (b) a closed position for urging the closing portion to close the discharge opening, wherein the coupling portion is movable relative to the closing portion between (c) an engaging position for engaging with the receiving device when the toner cartridge is removed from the receiving device so as to receive a force for moving the opening/closing member from the open position to the closed position and (d) a retracted position for retracting from the engaging position, and a retracted position moving portion for moving the coupling portion from the engaging position to the retracted position as the opening/closing member moves from the open position to the closed position.
根据本发明的第六方面,提供了一种用于电子照相式成像的调色剂盒,所述调色剂盒包括:容器,所述容器包括用于收容调色剂的收容部分和用于排出调色剂的排出开口;以及打开/关闭构件,所述打开/关闭构件包括用于关闭所述排出开口的关闭部分和能够相对于所述关闭部分移动的接合部分,所述打开/关闭构件能够相对于所述容器在用于促使所述关闭部分打开所述排出开口的打开位置和用于促使所述关闭部分关闭所述排出开口的关闭位置之间旋转,其中随着所述打开/关闭构件在关闭位置和打开位置之间旋转,所述接合部分至少在所述打开/关闭构件的旋转轴线的方向上能够相对于所述关闭部分移动。According to the sixth aspect of the present invention, a colorant box for electronic photographic imaging is provided, the colorant box comprising: a container, the container comprising a receiving portion for receiving the colorant and a discharge opening for discharging the colorant; and an opening/closing member, the opening/closing member comprising a closing portion for closing the discharge opening and a coupling portion capable of moving relative to the closing portion, the opening/closing member being rotatable relative to the container between an open position for causing the closing portion to open the discharge opening and a closed position for causing the closing portion to close the discharge opening, wherein as the opening/closing member rotates between the closed position and the open position, the coupling portion is capable of moving relative to the closing portion at least in the direction of the rotation axis of the opening/closing member.
根据本发明的第七方面,提供了一种用于电子照相式成像的调色剂盒,所述调色剂盒包括:容器,所述容器包括用于收容调色剂的收容部分和用于排出调色剂的排出开口;以及打开/关闭构件,所述打开/关闭构件包括用于关闭所述排出开口的关闭部分和能够相对于所述关闭部分移动的接合部分,所述打开/关闭构件能够相对于所述容器在用于促使所述关闭部分打开所述排出开口的打开位置和用于促使所述关闭部分关闭所述排出开口的关闭位置之间旋转,其中所述接合部分相对于所述打开/关闭构件的旋转半径的方向至少朝向外侧暴露,并且其中随着所述打开/关闭构件在关闭位置和打开位置之间旋转,所述接合部分至少在所述打开/关闭构件的旋转半径的方向上能够相对于所述关闭部分移动。According to the seventh aspect of the present invention, a colorant box for electronic photographic imaging is provided, the colorant box comprising: a container, the container comprising a receiving portion for receiving the colorant and a discharge opening for discharging the colorant; and an opening/closing member, the opening/closing member comprising a closing portion for closing the discharge opening and a coupling portion capable of moving relative to the closing portion, the opening/closing member being rotatable relative to the container between an open position for causing the closing portion to open the discharge opening and a closed position for causing the closing portion to close the discharge opening, wherein the coupling portion is exposed at least toward the outside relative to the direction of the rotation radius of the opening/closing member, and wherein as the opening/closing member rotates between the closed position and the open position, the coupling portion is capable of moving relative to the closing portion at least in the direction of the rotation radius of the opening/closing member.
根据本发明的第八方面,提供了一种用于电子照相式成像的调色剂盒,所述调色剂盒包括:容器,所述容器包括用于收容调色剂的收容部分和用于排出调色剂的排出开口;以及打开/关闭构件,所述打开/关闭构件包括用于关闭所述排出开口的关闭部分和能够相对于所述关闭部分移动的接合部分,所述打开/关闭构件能够相对于所述容器在用于促使所述关闭部分打开所述排出开口的打开位置和用于促使所述关闭部分关闭所述排出开口的关闭位置之间旋转,其中所述接合部分包括相对于所述打开/关闭构件的旋转半径的方向朝向外侧突出的第一突起,以及设置在所述第一突起上并且相对于所述打开/关闭构件相对于所述容器从关闭位置旋转到打开位置的方向朝向下游侧突出的第二突起,并且其中随着所述打开/关闭构件在关闭位置和打开位置之间旋转,所述接合部分能够相对于所述关闭部分移动。According to the eighth aspect of the present invention, a colorant box for electronic photographic imaging is provided, the colorant box comprising: a container, the container comprising a receiving portion for receiving colorant and a discharge opening for discharging colorant; and an opening/closing member, the opening/closing member comprising a closing portion for closing the discharge opening and a coupling portion capable of moving relative to the closing portion, the opening/closing member being capable of rotating relative to the container between an open position for causing the closing portion to open the discharge opening and a closed position for causing the closing portion to close the discharge opening, wherein the coupling portion comprises a first protrusion protruding toward the outside relative to the direction of the rotation radius of the opening/closing member, and a second protrusion arranged on the first protrusion and protruding toward the downstream side relative to the direction in which the opening/closing member rotates from the closed position to the open position relative to the container, and wherein the coupling portion is capable of moving relative to the closing portion as the opening/closing member rotates between the closed position and the open position.
根据本发明的第九方面,提供了一种用于电子照相式成像的调色剂盒,所述调色剂盒包括:容器,所述容器包括用于收容调色剂的收容部分和用于排出调色剂的排出开口;打开/关闭构件,所述打开/关闭构件能够相对于所述容器在用于促使所述关闭部分打开所述排出开口的打开位置和用于促使所述关闭部分关闭所述排出开口的关闭位置之间移动;移动部分,其设置在所述容器上,以用于随着所述打开/关闭构件从打开位置到关闭位置的移动而移动所述接合部分。According to the ninth aspect of the present invention, a colorant box for electronic photographic imaging is provided, the colorant box comprising: a container, the container comprising a receiving portion for receiving the colorant and a discharge opening for discharging the colorant; an opening/closing member, the opening/closing member being movable relative to the container between an open position for causing the closing portion to open the discharge opening and a closed position for causing the closing portion to close the discharge opening; a moving portion, which is arranged on the container for moving the engaging portion as the opening/closing member moves from the open position to the closed position.
根据本发明的第十方面,提供了一种用于与调色剂盒一起使用的闸板,所述闸板包括:主体部分,所述主体部分具有大致弧形构造;第一臂部分,所述第一臂部分设置在所述主体部分的纵向端部处并且朝向所述主体部分的横向端部延伸;以及第一突起,所述第一突起设置在所述第一臂部分的自由端侧处并且相对于所述弧形构造在径向向外的方向上突出,其中所述第一突起至少能够在所述主体部分的纵向方向上移动。According to the tenth aspect of the present invention, a gate plate for use with a colorant box is provided, the gate plate including: a main body portion, the main body portion having a roughly arc-shaped structure; a first arm portion, the first arm portion being arranged at the longitudinal end of the main body portion and extending toward the lateral end of the main body portion; and a first protrusion, the first protrusion being arranged at the free end side of the first arm portion and protruding in a radially outward direction relative to the arc-shaped structure, wherein the first protrusion is at least capable of moving in the longitudinal direction of the main body portion.
[发明的效果][Effects of the Invention]
可以进一步改进上述的常规结构。The conventional structure described above can be further improved.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1是根据本发明的实施例的调色剂盒的侧视图。FIG. 1 is a side view of a toner cartridge according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图2是示出根据本发明的实施例的成像装置的示意性结构的截面图。FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic structure of an imaging device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图3是示意性地示出显影单元安装到调色剂盒的状态的侧截面。FIG. 3 is a side section schematically showing a state in which the developing unit is mounted to the toner cartridge.
图4是示意性地示出根据该实施例的显影单元的透视图。FIG. 4 is a perspective view schematically showing a developing unit according to this embodiment.
图5是根据该实施例的调色剂盒的示意图。FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a toner cartridge according to this embodiment.
图6是在安装(插入)之前的状态下的显影单元和调色剂盒的示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the developing unit and the toner cartridge in a state before installation (insertion).
图7是在安装(插入)过程中的显影单元和调色剂盒的示意图。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the developing unit and the toner cartridge during installation (insertion).
图8是示意性地示出插入被引导部分(被引导以用于插入的部分)的结构的变型例的侧视图。FIG. 8 is a side view schematically showing a modification of the structure of the insertion guided portion (portion guided for insertion).
图9是示意性地示出施加到调色剂盒的力的关系的侧视图。FIG. 9 is a side view schematically illustrating the relationship of forces applied to the toner cartridge.
图10是抵接部分抵接到被抵接部分(被抵接部)的示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a state in which an abutting portion abuts against an abutted portion (abutted portion).
图11是当容器框架旋转以使得调色剂盒定位在适当位置时的示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram when the container frame is rotated to position the toner cartridge in place.
图12是当闸板移动到打开位置以使得调色剂收容部分处于流体连通时的示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram when the shutter is moved to the open position to place the toner containing portion in fluid communication.
图13是示出根据该实施例的成像装置的结构的示意图。FIG13 is a schematic diagram showing the structure of the imaging device according to this embodiment.
图14是显影单元和调色剂盒的开口附近的局部截面侧视图。14 is a partial sectional side view of the vicinity of the opening of the developing unit and the toner cartridge.
图15是显影单元和调色剂盒的示意性结构的截面图。FIG15 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic structure of a developing unit and a toner cartridge.
图16是调色剂盒的开口附近的分解透视图。FIG16 is an exploded perspective view of the vicinity of the opening of the toner cartridge.
图17是示出调色剂盒的闸板的打开和关闭操作的透视图。FIG17 is a perspective view illustrating the opening and closing operation of the shutter of the toner cartridge.
图18是显影单元的开口附近的分解透视图。FIG18 is an exploded perspective view of the vicinity of the opening of the developing unit.
图19是示出显影单元的闸板的打开和关闭操作的分解透视图。FIG19 is an exploded perspective view illustrating the opening and closing operation of the shutter of the developing unit.
图20是调色剂盒和显影单元的示意性截面侧视图。Figure 20 is a schematic sectional side view of the toner cartridge and the developing unit.
图21是调色剂盒和显影单元的透视图。Figure 21 is a perspective view of the toner cartridge and the developing unit.
图22是显影单元和调色剂盒的示意性截面图。Figure 22 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the developing unit and the toner cartridge.
图23是闸板部分附近的示意性截面侧视图。FIG23 is a schematic cross-sectional side view of the vicinity of the shutter portion.
图24的(a)部分是沿着图16的线A1截取的截面图,(b)部分是沿着图18的线A2截取的截面图,(c)部分是沿着图20的(b)部分的线A3截取的截面图。Part (a) of Figure 24 is a cross-sectional view taken along line A1 of Figure 16, part (b) is a cross-sectional view taken along line A2 of Figure 18, and part (c) is a cross-sectional view taken along line A3 of part (b) of Figure 20.
图25是显影单元和调色剂盒的截面侧视图。Figure 25 is a sectional side view of the developing unit and the toner cartridge.
图26是从第一调色剂收容部分看到的连通部分的示意图。FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of the communicating portion as viewed from the first toner containing portion.
图27是显影单元和调色剂盒的示意性截面图。Figure 27 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the developing unit and the toner cartridge.
图28示出了显影单元的第一闸板和调色剂盒的第二闸板的打开操作。FIG. 28 illustrates the opening operation of the first shutter of the developing unit and the second shutter of the toner cartridge.
图29示出了显影单元的调色剂盒接收部分附近的详细结构。Figure 29 shows the detailed structure of the vicinity of the toner cartridge receiving portion of the developing unit.
图30示出了显影单元的调色剂盒接收部分附近的详细结构。Figure 30 shows the detailed structure of the vicinity of the toner cartridge receiving portion of the developing unit.
图31示出了显影单元的调色剂盒接收部分附近的详细结构。Figure 31 shows the detailed structure of the vicinity of the toner cartridge receiving portion of the developing unit.
图32示出了调色剂盒的详细结构。FIG32 shows the detailed structure of the toner cartridge.
图33示出了调色剂盒的详细结构。FIG33 shows the detailed structure of the toner cartridge.
图34示出了调色剂盒的详细结构。FIG34 shows the detailed structure of the toner cartridge.
图35示出了调色剂盒的详细结构。FIG35 shows the detailed structure of the toner cartridge.
图36示出了调色剂盒的详细结构。FIG36 shows the detailed structure of the toner cartridge.
图37示出了第一闸板和第二闸板的打开操作。FIG37 illustrates the opening operation of the first shutter and the second shutter.
图38示出了第一闸板和第二闸板的打开操作。FIG38 illustrates the opening operation of the first shutter and the second shutter.
图39示出了第一闸板和第二闸板的打开操作。FIG39 illustrates the opening operation of the first shutter and the second shutter.
图40示出了第一闸板和第二闸板的打开操作。FIG40 illustrates the opening operation of the first shutter and the second shutter.
图41示出了第一闸板和第二闸板的打开操作。FIG41 shows the opening operation of the first shutter and the second shutter.
图42示出了第一闸板和第二闸板的打开操作。FIG42 shows the opening operation of the first shutter and the second shutter.
图43示出了第一闸板和第二闸板的打开操作。FIG43 shows the opening operation of the first shutter and the second shutter.
图44是从驱动侧看到的第二开口和第三开口附近的截面图。FIG44 is a cross-sectional view showing the vicinity of the second opening and the third opening as viewed from the driving side.
图45示出了从调色剂盒到显影单元的调色剂给送结构。Figure 45 shows a toner feeding structure from the toner cartridge to the developing unit.
图46示出了第一闸板和第二闸板的关闭操作。FIG46 shows the closing operation of the first shutter and the second shutter.
图47示出了第一闸板和第二闸板的关闭操作。FIG47 shows the closing operation of the first shutter and the second shutter.
图48示出了第一闸板和第二闸板的关闭操作。FIG48 shows the closing operation of the first shutter and the second shutter.
图49是示出在调色剂盒安装到显影单元之前的状态的透视图。Figure 49 is a perspective view showing a state before the toner cartridge is mounted to the developing unit.
图50是插入被引导部分(驱动侧)和插入引导部分(驱动侧)附近的纵向截面图。Figure 50 is a longitudinal sectional view of the vicinity of the insertion guided portion (driving side) and the insertion guiding portion (driving side).
图51是示出插入被引导部分(驱动侧)和插入引导部分(驱动侧)的形状的截面图。FIG51 is a sectional view showing the shapes of the insertion guided portion (driving side) and the insertion guiding portion (driving side).
图52是示出插入被引导部分(驱动侧)和插入引导部分(驱动侧)的形状的截面图。FIG52 is a sectional view showing the shapes of the insertion guided portion (driving side) and the insertion guiding portion (driving side).
图53是示出插入被引导部分(非驱动侧)和插入引导部分(非驱动侧)附近的纵向截面图。FIG53 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the vicinity of the insertion guided portion (non-driving side) and the insertion guiding portion (non-driving side).
图54示出了插入被引导部分(驱动侧)和插入被引导部分(非驱动侧)之间的关系。FIG. 54 shows the relationship between the insertion guided portion (driving side) and the insertion guided portion (non-driving side).
图55示出了插入被引导部分(驱动侧)和插入被引导部分(非驱动侧)之间的关系。FIG. 55 shows the relationship between the insertion guided portion (driving side) and the insertion guided portion (non-driving side).
图56示出了第二闸板处于其关闭位置的状态。Figure 56 shows the second shutter in its closed position.
图57示出了第二闸板处于打开位置的状态。FIG57 shows a state where the second shutter is in an open position.
图58示出了第二闸板。FIG58 shows the second shutter.
图59示出了第二闸板。FIG59 shows the second shutter.
图60示出了第二闸板处于其关闭位置的状态。Figure 60 shows the second shutter in its closed position.
图61示出了第二闸板处于其关闭位置的状态。Figure 61 shows the state of the second shutter in its closed position.
图62示出了第二闸板处于打开位置的状态。FIG62 shows a state where the second shutter is in an open position.
图63示出了第二闸板处于其关闭位置的状态。Figure 63 shows the state of the second shutter in its closed position.
图64示出了调色剂盒。Figure 64 shows a toner cartridge.
具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION
参考附图,将描述电子照相式成像装置、调色剂图像形成部分和调色剂盒。成像装置是能够通过例如电子照相式成像处理而在记录材料上形成图像的装置。例如,成像装置可以是电子照相式复印机、电子照相式打印机(LED打印机,激光束打印机等)、或者电子照相式打印机型的传真机。With reference to the accompanying drawings, an electrophotographic imaging device, a toner image forming portion, and a toner cartridge will be described. The imaging device is a device capable of forming an image on a recording material through, for example, an electrophotographic imaging process. For example, the imaging device may be an electrophotographic copier, an electrophotographic printer (such as an LED printer or a laser beam printer), or an electrophotographic printer-type facsimile machine.
在该实施例中,成像装置是包括一个调色剂图像形成部分的单色成像装置。然而,设置在成像装置中的调色剂图像形成部分的数量不受限于该示例。例如,成像装置可以包括多个调色剂图像形成部分以形成彩色图像。In this embodiment, the imaging device is a monochrome imaging device including one toner image forming portion. However, the number of toner image forming portions provided in the imaging device is not limited to this example. For example, the imaging device may include multiple toner image forming portions to form a color image.
类似地,对于在实施例中公开的结构,材料、布置、尺寸或其它数值等不局限于所公开的示例,除非特别地另有说明。在下文的描述中,“上”是基于在安装成像装置时的重力方向而言的向上的方向。Similarly, for the structures, materials, arrangements, dimensions or other values disclosed in the embodiments, unless otherwise specified, they are not limited to the disclosed examples. In the following description, "upper" refers to the upward direction based on the direction of gravity when the imaging device is installed.
<实施例1><Example 1>
将详细描述有助于改进可用性的结构。更特别地,这涉及在用户将调色剂盒安装到显影单元(显影盒)时的操作感的改进。The structure that contributes to the improvement of usability will be described in detail. More particularly, this relates to the improvement of the operational feeling when the user mounts the toner cartridge to the developing unit (developing cartridge).
首先将描述成像装置的整体布置,并且随后将详细描述显影单元和调色剂盒。将调色剂盒安装到显影单元的操作被称为“安装操作”,并且从显影单元拆卸调色剂盒的操作被称为“拆卸操作”。First, the overall arrangement of the image forming apparatus will be described, and then the developing unit and the toner cartridge will be described in detail. The operation of mounting the toner cartridge to the developing unit is referred to as "mounting operation," and the operation of removing the toner cartridge from the developing unit is referred to as "removing operation."
§1.电子照相式成像装置:§1.Electronic photographic imaging device:
图2是根据本发明的该实施例的成像装置A的侧截面图。图2所示的成像装置A从与之可通信地连接的外部设备(例如个人计算机)接收图像信息。根据从外部设备接收的图像信息,成像装置A通过电子照相式成像处理在记录材料P(记录纸、OHP片材、织物等)上用显影剂(调色剂)形成图像(调色剂图像)。FIG2 is a side sectional view of an image forming apparatus A according to this embodiment of the present invention. The image forming apparatus A shown in FIG2 receives image information from an external device (e.g., a personal computer) to which it is communicatively connected. Based on the image information received from the external device, the image forming apparatus A forms an image (toner image) on a recording material P (recording paper, OHP sheet, fabric, etc.) using a developer (toner) through an electrophotographic imaging process.
在成像装置A中,调色剂图像形成部分(调色剂图像形成单元)B能够可拆卸地安装到主组件。该实施例的调色剂图像形成部分(调色剂图像形成单元)B包括鼓单元(鼓盒)C、显影单元(显影装置,显影盒)D和调色剂盒E。调色剂盒E能够可拆卸地安装到显影单元D。更特别地,显影单元D设置有用于安装调色剂盒E的安装部分,并且构成用于接收调色剂盒E的接收装置。In the image forming apparatus A, a toner image forming portion (toner image forming unit) B is detachably mountable to the main assembly. The toner image forming portion (toner image forming unit) B of this embodiment includes a drum unit (drum cartridge) C, a developing unit (developing device, developing cartridge) D, and a toner cartridge E. The toner cartridge E is detachably mountable to the developing unit D. More specifically, the developing unit D is provided with a mounting portion for mounting the toner cartridge E, and constitutes a receiving device for receiving the toner cartridge E.
调色剂图像形成部分(调色剂图像形成单元)可以被认为是包括感光鼓和能够作用于感光鼓的一个或多个元件的单元。The toner image forming portion (toner image forming unit) can be regarded as a unit including a photosensitive drum and one or more elements capable of acting on the photosensitive drum.
在该实施例中,鼓单元C、显影单元D和调色剂盒E是能够独立地、可拆卸地安装到装置的主组件的盒。在这样的情况下,鼓单元C可以被称为鼓盒,并且显影单元D可以被称为显影盒。In this embodiment, the drum unit C, the developing unit D and the toner cartridge E are cartridges that can be independently and detachably mounted to the main assembly of the device. In this case, the drum unit C can be referred to as a drum cartridge, and the developing unit D can be referred to as a developing cartridge.
鼓单元C、显影单元D和调色剂盒E分别采用这样的盒的形式并不是必须的。例如,可以将感光鼓(或包括感光鼓的鼓单元)固定在主组件中,而仅有显影单元(显影盒)D和调色剂盒E能够可拆卸地安装。It is not essential that the drum unit C, the developing unit D, and the toner cartridge E each adopt such a cartridge form. For example, the photosensitive drum (or the drum unit including the photosensitive drum) may be fixed in the main assembly, while only the developing unit (developing cartridge) D and the toner cartridge E may be detachably mounted.
另外,可行的是将鼓单元C和显影单元D整合到能够可拆卸地安装到主组件的单个盒中。包括整合的鼓单元C和显影单元D的盒可以被称为处理盒。在这样的情况下,调色剂盒E能够安装到处理盒并且能够从处理盒拆卸。在这样的情况下,处理盒是接收装置。将结合实施例4描述采用处理盒结构的成像装置。Alternatively, it is possible to integrate the drum unit C and the developer unit D into a single cartridge that can be detachably mounted to the main assembly. The cartridge comprising the integrated drum unit C and developer unit D may be referred to as a process cartridge. In such a case, the toner cartridge E can be mounted to and removed from the process cartridge. In such a case, the process cartridge is a receiving device. An imaging device employing a process cartridge structure will be described in conjunction with Example 4.
此外,可行的是将感光鼓和显影单元固定在主组件中,并且仅有调色剂盒E能够可拆卸地安装到主组件。在这样的情况下,成像装置的主组件本身是用于调色剂盒E的接收装置。In addition, it is possible that the photosensitive drum and the developing unit are fixed in the main assembly, and only the toner cartridge E can be detachably mounted to the main assembly. In such a case, the main assembly of the image forming apparatus itself is a receiving device for the toner cartridge E.
包括组合的接收装置(显影单元D)和调色剂盒E的结构可以被称为调色剂供给机构(调色剂供给单元,调色剂供给装置)。在调色剂供给机构中,调色剂从调色剂盒E供给到接收装置中。The structure including the combined receiving device (developing unit D) and the toner cartridge E may be referred to as a toner supply mechanism (toner supply unit, toner supply device). In the toner supply mechanism, toner is supplied from the toner cartridge E to the receiving device.
在该实施例中,作为图像承载构件的感光鼓由作为单元具有感光层和凸缘等的圆柱体构成。In this embodiment, the photosensitive drum as the image bearing member is composed of a cylindrical body having a photosensitive layer, flanges, and the like as a unit.
盒的安装和拆卸由用户(操作者)执行。主组件(成像装置的主组件)是成像装置A中的除了盒(鼓单元C、显影单元D和调色剂盒E)以外的部分。The mounting and removal of the cartridge are performed by a user (operator). The main assembly (main assembly of the image forming apparatus) is a portion of the image forming apparatus A other than the cartridges (drum unit C, developing unit D, and toner cartridge E).
鼓单元C作为单元包括感光鼓(图像承载构件)16、充电辊17、清洁刮刀19等,并且在该实施例中,它是能够可拆卸地安装到主组件的盒(鼓盒)。显影单元D作为单元包括显影辊(显影剂承载构件)24等,并且在该实施例中,它是能够可拆卸地安装到主组件的盒(显影盒)。作为显影剂容器的调色剂盒E包括的调色剂容器(显影剂收容容器、容器)47用于收容作为显影剂的调色剂t等,它们被整合到盒中。The drum unit C includes a photosensitive drum (image bearing member) 16, a charging roller 17, a cleaning blade 19, etc. as a unit, and in this embodiment, it is a cartridge (drum cartridge) that can be detachably mounted to the main assembly. The developing unit D includes a developing roller (developer carrying member) 24, etc. as a unit, and in this embodiment, it is a cartridge (developer cartridge) that can be detachably mounted to the main assembly. The toner cartridge E, which is a developer container, includes a toner container (developer storage container, container) 47 for storing toner t, etc. as a developer, which is integrated into the cartridge.
感光鼓16能够在由图2中的箭头a指示的方向上旋转。旋转的感光鼓16的表面由作为充电装置的充电辊17均匀地充电。感光鼓16根据图像信息暴露于通过激光扫描器(曝光装置)1提供的激光束L,以使得根据图像信息在感光鼓16上形成静电潜像。在显影辊24上承载的调色剂t使静电潜像显影。由此,在感光鼓16上形成调色剂图像。The photosensitive drum 16 is capable of rotating in the direction indicated by the arrow a in FIG2 . The surface of the rotating photosensitive drum 16 is uniformly charged by a charging roller 17 serving as a charging device. The photosensitive drum 16 is exposed to a laser beam L supplied by a laser scanner (exposure device) 1 in accordance with image information, so that an electrostatic latent image in accordance with the image information is formed on the photosensitive drum 16. The toner t carried by the developing roller 24 develops the electrostatic latent image. Thus, a toner image is formed on the photosensitive drum 16.
参考图3,将描述调色剂图像形成部分B中的显影处理。作为接收装置的显影单元D的框架35可旋转地支撑显影辊24。显影辊24接收来自设置在主组件中的诸如马达(未示出)这样的动力源的驱动力以与感光鼓16的周边表面同向地旋转(如图中的箭头b所示)。3 , the development process in the toner image forming portion B will be described. A frame 35 of the developing unit D as a receiving means rotatably supports the developing roller 24. The developing roller 24 receives a driving force from a power source such as a motor (not shown) provided in the main assembly to rotate in the same direction as the peripheral surface of the photosensitive drum 16 (as indicated by arrow b in the figure).
显影室31中的调色剂t承载在显影辊24的周边表面上,并且具有由显影刮刀25管控的层厚度。当管控层厚度时,调色剂被摩擦充电。带电的调色剂使感光鼓16上的静电潜像显影。The toner t in the developing chamber 31 is carried on the peripheral surface of the developing roller 24 and has a layer thickness regulated by the developing blade 25. When the layer thickness is regulated, the toner is frictionally charged. The charged toner develops the electrostatic latent image on the photosensitive drum 16.
在显影单元D中,显影室31通过第一开口29与第一调色剂收容部分(显影剂收容部分)28流体连通。由驱动源(未示出)旋转的第一调色剂给送装置27将调色剂t从第一调色剂收容部分28给送到显影室31中。In the developing unit D, the developing chamber 31 is in fluid communication with the first toner storing portion (developer storing portion) 28 through the first opening 29. The first toner feeding device 27 rotated by a driving source (not shown) feeds the toner t from the first toner storing portion 28 into the developing chamber 31.
另外,由第二开口(收容构件开口,接收口,接收开口)30和第三开口(容器开口,排出口,排出开口)49提供连通部分58。通过连通部分58,第一调色剂收容部分(收容构件收容室)28与调色剂盒E的第二调色剂收容部分(容器收容室)47t流体连通。In addition, a communication portion 58 is provided by the second opening (housing member opening, receiving port, receiving opening) 30 and the third opening (container opening, discharge port, discharge opening) 49. Through the communication portion 58, the first toner housing portion (housing member housing chamber) 28 and the second toner housing portion (container housing chamber) 47t of the toner cartridge E are in fluid communication.
第二调色剂收容部分47t是用于收容调色剂的容器47中的空间。第二调色剂收容部分47t是由容器47的框架(容器框架47a)提供的收容部分(调色剂收容部分,显影剂收容部分)。The second toner storing portion 47t is a space for storing toner in the container 47. The second toner storing portion 47t is a storing portion (toner storing portion, developer storing portion) provided by the frame of the container 47 (container frame 47a).
第三开口49形成于容器框架47a中并且允许将调色剂从第二调色剂收容部分47t向容器47的外部(显影单元D)排出。通过第三开口49排出的调色剂通过显影单元D的第二开口30被接收。The third opening 49 is formed in the container frame 47a and allows the toner to be discharged from the second toner containing portion 47t to the outside of the container 47 (developing unit D). The toner discharged through the third opening 49 is received by the second opening 30 of the developing unit D.
调色剂t由第二调色剂给送构件46从第二调色剂收容部分47t供给到第一调色剂收容部分28中,第二调色剂给送构件46由借助于显影单元D从主组件施加的驱动力旋转。The toner t is supplied from the second toner containing portion 47 t into the first toner containing portion 28 by the second toner feeding member 46 which is rotated by the driving force applied from the main assembly via the developing unit D.
将返回参考图2进行进一步的描述。设置在给送盒2中的记录材料P被单张送出并且由拾取辊3和与之压接的压接构件5给送。与形成于感光鼓上的调色剂图像同步地,记录材料P沿着给送引导件4被给送到作为转印装置的转印辊6。Further description will be given with reference back to FIG2 . Recording material P set in the feed cassette 2 is fed out in sheets and fed by a pickup roller 3 and a pressing member 5 in pressure contact therewith. Synchronously with the toner image formed on the photosensitive drum, the recording material P is fed along a feed guide 4 to a transfer roller 6 serving as a transfer device.
然后,记录材料P经过在感光鼓16和被供应以预定电压的转印辊6之间形成的转印夹持部11。此时,在感光鼓16上形成的调色剂图像被转印到记录材料P上。具有转印的调色剂图像的记录材料P沿着给送引导件7被给送到定影装置8中。The recording material P then passes through a transfer nip 11 formed between a photosensitive drum 16 and a transfer roller 6 supplied with a predetermined voltage. At this time, the toner image formed on the photosensitive drum 16 is transferred onto the recording material P. The recording material P with the transferred toner image is fed into a fixing device 8 along a feeding guide 7.
定影装置8包括驱动辊8a和在其中包含加热器8b的定影辊8c。记录材料P在经过形成于定影辊8c和驱动辊8a之间的夹持部8d期间接收加热和加压。由此,转印到记录材料P上的调色剂图像在记录材料P上被定影。此后,承载已定影的调色剂图像的记录材料P由排出辊对9进一步给送到排出托盘10上。The fixing device 8 includes a drive roller 8a and a fixing roller 8c containing a heater 8b. The recording material P is heated and pressurized while passing through a nip 8d formed between the fixing roller 8c and the drive roller 8a. As a result, the toner image transferred onto the recording material P is fixed to the recording material P. The recording material P, bearing the fixed toner image, is then fed by a discharge roller pair 9 onto a discharge tray 10.
清洁刮刀19与感光鼓16的外周表面弹性接触。由此,残留在感光鼓16上而未被转印到记录材料P上的调色剂t(未转印调色剂)被清洁刮刀19刮掉。刮除的调色剂t被收容到在其上固定有清洁刮刀19的框架18的移除调色剂收容部分(残余调色剂收容部分)18a中。The cleaning blade 19 is in elastic contact with the outer peripheral surface of the photosensitive drum 16. Thus, the toner t (untransferred toner) remaining on the photosensitive drum 16 without being transferred to the recording material P is scraped off by the cleaning blade 19. The scraped toner t is received in a removed toner receiving portion (residual toner receiving portion) 18a of the frame 18 to which the cleaning blade 19 is fixed.
如上文所述,该实施例的成像装置使用电子照相式成像处理并且用显影剂(调色剂)在记录材料上形成图像。然而,只要是在记录材料上形成图像的成像装置就足以满足要求,并且成像装置的类型不限于电子照相式复印机、电子照相式打印机(激光束打印机,LED打印机等)、电子照相式打印机型传真机、电子照相式文字处理器等。As described above, the imaging device of this embodiment uses an electrophotographic imaging process and forms an image on a recording material using a developer (toner). However, any imaging device that forms an image on a recording material will suffice, and the type of imaging device is not limited to an electrophotographic copier, an electrophotographic printer (such as a laser beam printer or an LED printer), an electrophotographic printer-type facsimile machine, an electrophotographic word processor, or the like.
如上文所述,调色剂图像形成部分B包括作为图像承载构件的电子照相式感光构件(感光构件)和能够作用于感光构件的处理装置。在该实施例中,调色剂图像形成部分能够作为单个盒或多个盒可拆卸地安装到成像装置的主组件。As described above, the toner image forming portion B includes an electrophotographic photosensitive member (photosensitive member) as an image bearing member and a process device capable of acting on the photosensitive member. In this embodiment, the toner image forming portion can be detachably mounted to the main assembly of the image forming apparatus as a single cartridge or a plurality of cartridges.
处理装置包括充电装置(充电构件,充电器件)、显影装置(显影器件,显影单元)、清洁装置(清洁器件,清洁构件)。The processing means includes a charging device (charging member, charging means), a developing device (developing device, developing unit), and a cleaning device (cleaning device, cleaning member).
显影装置是用于使感光构件上的静电潜像显影的装置。在该实施例中,显影装置(显影单元)形成能够独立地、可拆卸地安装到成像装置的盒。在另一方面,处理盒的一部分可以构成显影装置。The developing device is a device for developing the electrostatic latent image on the photosensitive member. In this embodiment, the developing device (developing unit) forms a box that can be independently and detachably mounted to the image forming device. On the other hand, a part of the process cartridge can constitute the developing device.
调色剂盒(显影剂盒,调色剂瓶,显影剂瓶,调色剂容器,显影剂容器)是收容用于使形成于感光构件上的静电潜像显影的显影剂(调色剂)的盒。A toner cartridge (developer cartridge, toner bottle, developer bottle, toner container, developer container) is a cartridge that houses a developer (toner) for developing an electrostatic latent image formed on a photosensitive member.
§2.盒(单元)的结构:§2. Box (unit) structure:
将描述能够可拆卸地安装到成像装置的盒(单元)的详细结构。A detailed structure of a cartridge (unit) detachably mountable to an image forming apparatus will be described.
(显影单元的调色剂盒的接收部分附近的详细说明)(Detailed description of the vicinity of the receiving portion of the toner cartridge of the developing unit)
参考图4,将对该实施例中的显影单元(显影盒)D的调色剂盒E的接收部分附近的详细结构进行说明。图4是显影单元D的调色剂盒E的接收部分(安装部分)附近的透视图。图4的(a)部分示出了第二开口30关闭(即第一闸板37处于关闭位置)的状态。图4的(b)部分示出了第二开口30打开(即第一闸板37处于打开位置)的状态。在该实施例中,显影单元D的纵向方向与显影单元D的显影辊24的旋转轴线方向平行。在调色剂盒E安装到显影单元的状态下,调色剂盒E的纵向方向与显影单元D的纵向方向大致平行。With reference to Figure 4, the detailed structure near the receiving portion of the colorant box E of the developing unit (developing box) D in this embodiment will be described. Figure 4 is a perspective view of the receiving portion (mounting portion) near the colorant box E of the developing unit D. Part (a) of Figure 4 shows a state in which the second opening 30 is closed (i.e., the first shutter 37 is in the closed position). Part (b) of Figure 4 shows a state in which the second opening 30 is open (i.e., the first shutter 37 is in the open position). In this embodiment, the longitudinal direction of the developing unit D is parallel to the direction of the rotation axis of the developing roller 24 of the developing unit D. When the colorant box E is installed in the developing unit, the longitudinal direction of the colorant box E is approximately parallel to the longitudinal direction of the developing unit D.
显影单元D能够在接收部分处将调色剂盒E接收在框架(显影装置框架)35中。在接收部分附近,显影单元D设置有第二开口(收容构件开口,接收开口)30和第一闸板(收容构件闸板,接收装置侧闸板,接收装置侧打开/关闭构件)37。在该实施例中,第二开口30设置在显影单元D的纵向中央部分处。然而,第二开口30的位置不限于此,而是只要其与将在下文描述的第三开口(容器开口)49相对就足够了。The developing unit D is capable of receiving the toner cartridge E in a frame (developing device frame) 35 at a receiving portion. Near the receiving portion, the developing unit D is provided with a second opening (housing member opening, receiving opening) 30 and a first shutter (housing member shutter, receiving device side shutter, receiving device side opening/closing member) 37. In this embodiment, the second opening 30 is provided at the longitudinal center portion of the developing unit D. However, the position of the second opening 30 is not limited thereto, and it is sufficient as long as it is opposite to the third opening (container opening) 49 to be described below.
如图4的(a)部分所示,第二开口30由形状为沿着调色剂盒E的外周表面弯曲的第一闸板37关闭。As shown in part (a) of FIG. 4 , the second opening 30 is closed by a first shutter 37 having a shape curved along the outer peripheral surface of the toner cartridge E. As shown in FIG.
第一闸板37设置有孔部分37a,所述孔部分能够与设置在作为显影剂容器的调色剂盒E上的突起(容器侧接合部分,打开/关闭构件移动部分,容器侧突起)47接合。孔部分37布置在第一闸板37密封第二开口30的密封范围以外的位置处。The first shutter 37 is provided with a hole portion 37a that can engage with a protrusion (container side engaging portion, opening/closing member moving portion, container side protrusion) 47 provided on the toner cartridge E as a developer container. The hole portion 37 is arranged at a position outside the sealing range of the first shutter 37 that seals the second opening 30.
第一闸板37的相对的纵向端部能够与设置在显影单元D的框架35的第二开口30的纵向相对侧处的第一闸板引导部分34接合。由此,第一闸板能够沿着第一闸板引导部分34滑动(移动)。Opposite longitudinal end portions of the first shutter 37 are engageable with first shutter guide portions 34 provided at longitudinally opposite sides of the second opening 30 of the frame 35 of the developing unit D. Thus, the first shutter can slide (move) along the first shutter guide portions 34 .
由此,第一闸板37能够在用于关闭第二开口30的关闭位置(接收开口关闭位置,图4的(a)部分)和用于打开第二开口30的打开位置(接收开口打开位置,图4的(b)部分)之间移动。Thus, the first shutter 37 can move between a closed position for closing the second opening 30 (receiving opening closed position, part (a) of FIG. 4 ) and an open position for opening the second opening 30 (receiving opening open position, part (b) of FIG. 4 ).
显影单元D的框架35设置有用于在第一闸板37和第二开口30之间进行密封从而围绕第二开口30的第一密封构件32。The frame 35 of the developing unit D is provided with a first sealing member 32 for sealing between the first shutter 37 and the second opening 30 so as to surround the second opening 30 .
显影单元D在框架35的相对纵向端部处设置有插入引导部分35d、36d,以用于引导调色剂盒E,同时在安装(插入)调色剂盒E时相应地维持调色剂盒的姿势(安装姿势)。The developing unit D is provided with insertion guide portions 35d, 36d at opposite longitudinal ends of the frame 35 for guiding the toner cartridge E while respectively maintaining the posture (mounting posture) of the toner cartridge E when the toner cartridge E is mounted (inserted).
另外,显影单元D设置有在插入时由调色剂盒E的抵接部分42a、43a抵接的被抵接部分(被抵接部)35a、36a,这将在下文进行说明。In addition, the developing unit D is provided with abutted portions (abutted parts) 35a, 36a which are abutted by abutting portions 42a, 43a of the toner cartridge E when inserted, which will be described later.
显影单元D还在框架35的相对纵向端部处设置有旋转引导部分35b、36b,以用于在打开和关闭第一闸板37和第二闸板(容器闸板)53时引导调色剂盒E的旋转。The developing unit D is also provided with rotation guide portions 35 b , 36 b at opposite longitudinal ends of the frame 35 for guiding the rotation of the toner cartridge E when the first shutter 37 and the second shutter (container shutter) 53 are opened and closed.
插入引导部分35d、36d沿着调色剂盒E的插入方向f(图4的(a)部分)彼此平行地线性延伸。调色剂盒E的插入方向是安装方向,并且拆卸方向与安装方向相反。The insertion guide portions 35d, 36d extend linearly parallel to each other along an insertion direction f (part (a) of FIG. 4 ) of the toner cartridge E. The insertion direction of the toner cartridge E is a mounting direction, and a removal direction is opposite to the mounting direction.
在显影单元D的非驱动侧,被抵接部分35a和旋转引导部分35b设置在相对于插入引导部分35d的插入方向f的下游侧,并且在其驱动侧,被抵接部分36a和旋转引导件36b设置在相对于插入引导部分36d的插入方向f的下游侧。On the non-driven side of the developing unit D, the abutted portion 35a and the rotating guide portion 35b are arranged on the downstream side of the insertion direction f relative to the insertion guide portion 35d, and on its driven side, the abutted portion 36a and the rotating guide member 36b are arranged on the downstream side of the insertion direction f relative to the insertion guide portion 36d.
在显影单元D的相对的端侧中,设置有诸如齿轮这样的驱动部分(例如,第一驱动传递部分38)的侧被称为“驱动侧”。显影单元的非驱动侧是与驱动侧相对的侧。Among the opposite end sides of the developing unit D, the side where a driving portion such as a gear (eg, the first drive transmission portion 38 ) is provided is referred to as a “driving side.” The non-driving side of the developing unit is a side opposite to the driving side.
另外,显影单元D在框架35的相对于纵向方向的一个端部分处设置有第一驱动传递部分38,以用于将驱动力传递到调色剂盒E的第二调色剂给送装置46,这将在下文中进行说明。In addition, the developing unit D is provided with a first drive transmitting portion 38 at one end portion of the frame 35 with respect to the longitudinal direction for transmitting a driving force to a second toner feeding device 46 of the toner cartridge E, which will be described later.
第一驱动传递部分38包括与显影单元D中的成像装置的主组件的驱动机构连接的齿轮。第一驱动传递部分38是旋转力接收部分(驱动力接收部分),以用于从调色剂盒E的外部接收用于驱动第二调色剂给送构件46的旋转力。The first drive transmission portion 38 includes a gear connected to a drive mechanism of the main assembly of the image forming apparatus in the developing unit D. The first drive transmission portion 38 is a rotational force receiving portion (driving force receiving portion) for receiving a rotational force for driving the second toner feeding member 46 from the outside of the toner cartridge E.
此外,显影单元D在框架35的每个纵向相对的端部分处设置有孔部分33。孔部分33能够与调色剂盒E的第二闸板53的爪部分53b接合,这将在下文中进行说明。Furthermore, the developing unit D is provided with a hole portion 33 at each of longitudinally opposite end portions of the frame 35. The hole portion 33 is engageable with a claw portion 53b of a second shutter 53 of the toner cartridge E, which will be described later.
爪部分53b是设置在臂部分53a的自由端处的接合部分(打开/闭合构件侧接合部分)。所以,当打开和关闭第三开口49时,防止第二闸板53与容器框架47a一起旋转,这将在下文中进行说明。The claw portion 53b is an engaging portion (opening/closing member side engaging portion) provided at the free end of the arm portion 53a. Therefore, when opening and closing the third opening 49, the second shutter 53 is prevented from rotating together with the container frame 47a, which will be described below.
(调色剂盒)(Toner cartridge)
参考图5,将详细描述根据本发明的该实施例的调色剂盒E。5 , the toner cartridge E according to this embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail.
图5的(a)部分是从第二驱动传递部分48侧(驱动侧)看到的调色剂盒E的透视图。图5的(b)部分是从第二驱动传递部分48的相对侧(非驱动侧)看到的调色剂盒E的透视图。5( a ) is a perspective view of the toner cartridge E viewed from the second drive transmission portion 48 side (driving side). FIG. 5( b ) is a perspective view of the toner cartridge E viewed from the opposite side (non-driving side) of the second drive transmission portion 48 .
图5的(c)部分是从第二驱动传递部分48的相对侧看到的调色剂盒E的截面图。图5的(d)部分是在第二闸板53处于打开位置(第三开口49打开)的状态下的调色剂盒E的透视图。5(c) is a sectional view of the toner cartridge E viewed from the side opposite to the second drive transmission portion 48. FIG5(d) is a perspective view of the toner cartridge E with the second shutter 53 in the open position (the third opening 49 open).
调色剂盒E包括容器47、能够相对于容器47移动的第二闸板(显影剂容器闸板)53、设置在容器47中的第二调色剂给送构件46、和安装在第二调色剂给送构件46上的第二驱动传递部分(齿轮)48。The toner cartridge E includes a container 47 , a second shutter (developer container shutter) 53 movable relative to the container 47 , a second toner feeding member 46 disposed in the container 47 , and a second drive transmission portion (gear) 48 mounted on the second toner feeding member 46 .
容器47为大致圆筒状。由此,构成容器47的主体(主要部分)的框架(容器框架)47a为大致圆筒状。容器47设置有握持构件44。握持构件44采用与框架47a一体形成的U形突起的形式。握持构件44的形状不限于U形,并且握持构件44可以与框架47a不是一体的,并且可以安装到框架47a。Container 47 is generally cylindrical. Thus, the frame (container frame) 47a that constitutes the main body (main portion) of container 47 is generally cylindrical. Container 47 is provided with a gripping member 44. Gripping member 44 takes the form of a U-shaped protrusion formed integrally with frame 47a. The shape of gripping member 44 is not limited to a U-shape, and gripping member 44 may not be integral with frame 47a but may be attached to frame 47a.
容器框架(圆筒部分)47a是中空的,以构成用于收容调色剂的第二调色剂收容部分47t。容器框架47a在其周边表面上设置有用于从第二调色剂收容部分47t排出调色剂的第三开口49。The container frame (cylindrical portion) 47a is hollow to constitute a second toner storage portion 47t for storing toner. The container frame 47a is provided on its peripheral surface with a third opening 49 for discharging toner from the second toner storage portion 47t.
容器框架47a设置有用于在容器框架47a和第二闸板53之间进行密封的第二密封构件54,第二密封构件54围绕第三开口49。The container frame 47 a is provided with a second sealing member 54 for sealing between the container frame 47 a and the second shutter 53 , and the second sealing member 54 surrounds the third opening 49 .
容器框架47a在圆筒形状的外周边上设置有能够与第一闸板37的孔部分37a接合的两个突起45。这两个突起45是在大致相同的方向上突出的突起。将两个突起45彼此连接的线大致平行于调色剂盒E的纵向方向。The container frame 47a is provided with two protrusions 45 on the outer periphery of the cylindrical shape that can engage with the hole portion 37a of the first shutter 37. The two protrusions 45 are protrusions that protrude in approximately the same direction. The line connecting the two protrusions 45 is approximately parallel to the longitudinal direction of the colorant cartridge E.
在容器47的纵向方向上,两个突起45布置在第三开口49的外侧。更具体地,当两个突起45和第三开口49投影在与第二闸板53的旋转轴线平行的假想线上时,整个第三开口49都落在两个突起之间的范围内。在容器框架47a的第二调色剂收容部分47t的内部,可旋转地设置有用于给送调色剂的第二调色剂给送构件46。突起和孔彼此接合的位置被称为“接合位置”,并且突起和孔彼此脱离的位置被称为“非接合位置”(释放位置)。In the longitudinal direction of the container 47, the two protrusions 45 are arranged on the outside of the third opening 49. More specifically, when the two protrusions 45 and the third opening 49 are projected onto an imaginary line parallel to the rotation axis of the second shutter 53, the entire third opening 49 falls within the range between the two protrusions. Inside the second toner storage portion 47t of the container frame 47a, a second toner feeding member 46 for feeding toner is rotatably provided. The position where the protrusion and the hole engage with each other is referred to as an "engaged position", and the position where the protrusion and the hole disengage from each other is referred to as a "non-engaged position" (release position).
在第二调色剂给送构件46的相对于纵向方向(旋转轴线方向)的一个端部分中,设置有用于接收用于旋转第二调色剂给送构件46的驱动力的第二驱动传递部分(齿轮)48。在此,调色剂盒E的纵向方向与第二调色剂给送构件46的旋转轴线方向平行。In one end portion of the second toner feeding member 46 with respect to the longitudinal direction (rotational axis direction), there is provided a second drive transmission portion (gear) 48 for receiving a driving force for rotating the second toner feeding member 46. Here, the longitudinal direction of the toner cartridge E is parallel to the rotational axis direction of the second toner feeding member 46.
在该实施例中,第三开口49在调色剂盒E的纵向中央部分设置在容器框架47a的外周表面上。第三开口49的位置不限于特定位置,而是只要它与第二开口30相对就行。In this embodiment, the third opening 49 is provided on the outer peripheral surface of the container frame 47a at the longitudinal center portion of the toner cartridge E. The position of the third opening 49 is not limited to a specific position as long as it is opposed to the second opening 30.
第二闸板53沿着调色剂盒E的容器框架47a的外周表面弯曲。第二闸板53的截面(垂直于容器框架47a的中心轴线的截面)具有沿着容器框架47a的外周边延伸的弯曲构造(大致弧形构造)。The second shutter 53 is bent along the outer peripheral surface of the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E. The cross section of the second shutter 53 (cross section perpendicular to the central axis of the container frame 47a) has a curved configuration (substantially arcuate configuration) extending along the outer periphery of the container frame 47a.
容器框架47a至少在第三开口49的周边区域中具有弯曲表面(大致圆筒状或大致弧形)。沿着围绕第三开口49的弯曲表面部分(弧形部分),第二闸板53能够围绕容器框架47a的周边旋转(回转)。由此,第二闸板53能够打开和关闭第三开口49。The container frame 47a has a curved surface (generally cylindrical or generally arcuate) at least in the peripheral region of the third opening 49. The second shutter 53 can rotate (swivel) around the periphery of the container frame 47a along the curved surface portion (arc-shaped portion) surrounding the third opening 49. Thus, the second shutter 53 can open and close the third opening 49.
第二闸板53包括用于关闭第三开口49的闸板的主体部分53m。第二闸板53设置有两个卡扣配合部分,每个卡扣配合部分包括臂部分53a和爪部分53b。The second shutter 53 includes a shutter body portion 53m for closing the third opening 49. The second shutter 53 is provided with two snap-fit portions, each of which includes an arm portion 53a and a claw portion 53b.
更特别地,第二闸板53在闸板的主体部分53m的纵向相对的端部分处设置有两个臂部分53a,并且设置有分别设于臂部分53a的自由端部分处的两个爪部分53b。闸板的主体部分53m的纵向方向大致平行于调色剂盒E的纵向方向。More specifically, the second shutter 53 is provided with two arm portions 53a at longitudinally opposite end portions of a main portion 53m of the shutter, and is provided with two claw portions 53b provided at free end portions of the arm portions 53a, respectively. The longitudinal direction of the main portion 53m of the shutter is substantially parallel to the longitudinal direction of the toner cartridge E.
爪部分53b是用于与显影单元D接合的被接合部分(待接合部分,闸板侧接合部分,打开/关闭构件侧接合部分)。爪部分53b在具有圆筒形状的容器47(容器框架47a)的径向方向上向外暴露。更特别地,爪部分53b是至少从容器47(容器框架47a)径向向外突出的突起。The claw portion 53b is an engaged portion (a portion to be engaged, a shutter side engaging portion, an opening/closing member side engaging portion) for engaging with the developing unit D. The claw portion 53b is exposed outward in the radial direction of the container 47 (container frame 47a) having a cylindrical shape. More specifically, the claw portion 53b is a protrusion that protrudes radially outward from at least the container 47 (container frame 47a).
臂部分53a是用于支撑爪部分53b的支撑部分,并且是用于将爪部分53b与闸板的主体部分53m相连的连接部分。臂部分53a包括能够弹性变形的弹性部分(可变形部分,可移动部分)。即臂部分53a本身是能够弹性变形的。The arm portion 53a is a support portion for supporting the claw portion 53b and is a connecting portion for connecting the claw portion 53b to the main body portion 53m of the gate. The arm portion 53a includes an elastic portion (deformable portion, movable portion) that can be elastically deformed. In other words, the arm portion 53a itself is elastically deformable.
臂部分53a从第二闸板53的后侧延伸到前侧。第二闸板53的前侧是当第二闸板53关闭第三开口49时沿着第二闸板53相对于容器框架47a移动的方向的下游侧。第二闸板53的自由端是相对于第二闸板53的横向方向(垂直于第二闸板的纵向方向的方向)的第二闸板53的端部分。The arm portion 53a extends from the rear side to the front side of the second shutter 53. The front side of the second shutter 53 is the downstream side along the direction in which the second shutter 53 moves relative to the container frame 47a when the second shutter 53 closes the third opening 49. The free end of the second shutter 53 is the end portion of the second shutter 53 relative to the transverse direction of the second shutter 53 (a direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the second shutter).
通过臂部分53a的一部分的弹性变形,爪部分53b能够相对于闸板的主体部分53m移动。By elastic deformation of a portion of the arm portion 53a, the claw portion 53b is movable relative to the main body portion 53m of the shutter.
第二闸板53(闸板的主体部分53m)的相对纵向端部与设置在容器框架47a的第三开口49的相对纵向端部处的第二闸板引导部分(开闭引导件)52接合。第二闸板能够在圆周方向上沿着第二闸板引导部分52在容器框架47a的外周表面上滑动。由此,第二闸板53能够沿着调色剂盒E的外周表面在用于打开第三开口49的打开位置(容器打开位置,图5的(d)部分)和用于关闭第三开口49的关闭位置(容器关闭位置,图5的(b)部分)之间移动。The opposite longitudinal ends of the second shutter 53 (the shutter main body 53m) engage with second shutter guides (opening and closing guides) 52 provided at the opposite longitudinal ends of the third opening 49 of the container frame 47a. The second shutter is slidable along the second shutter guides 52 in the circumferential direction on the outer peripheral surface of the container frame 47a. Thus, the second shutter 53 is movable along the outer peripheral surface of the toner cartridge E between an open position for opening the third opening 49 (container open position, part (d) of FIG. 5 ) and a closed position for closing the third opening 49 (container closed position, part (b) of FIG. 5 ).
当第二闸板53处于打开位置时,期望第三开口49完全打开,而不被闸板的主体部分53m(关闭部分)覆盖,如图5的(d)部分所示。然而,当第二闸板53处于打开位置时,第三开口49的一部分可以被闸板的主体部分53m(关闭部分)覆盖,只要调色剂能够通过第三开口49排出即可。也就是说,当第二闸板53处于打开位置时,即使在闸板的主体部分53m打开第三开口49的至少一部分的情况下,只要允许将调色剂从调色剂盒E供给到显影单元D中就足够了。When the second shutter 53 is in the open position, it is desirable that the third opening 49 is fully open without being covered by the shutter main body portion 53m (closing portion), as shown in part (d) of Figure 5. However, when the second shutter 53 is in the open position, a portion of the third opening 49 may be covered by the shutter main body portion 53m (closing portion) as long as the toner can be discharged through the third opening 49. That is, when the second shutter 53 is in the open position, it is sufficient as long as the toner is allowed to be supplied from the toner cartridge E to the developing unit D even when the shutter main body portion 53m opens at least a portion of the third opening 49.
当第二闸板53处于关闭位置时,期望第三开口49整体被闸板的主体部分53m覆盖,如图5的(b)部分所示。然而,即使在第三开口49稍微打开的情况下,只要第三开口49被闸板的主体部分53m基本上关闭从而充分地防止调色剂通过第三开口49泄漏就足够了。也就是说,当第二闸板53处于关闭位置时,只要闸板的主体部分53m基本上关闭第三开口49就足够了。When the second shutter 53 is in the closed position, it is desirable that the entire third opening 49 is covered by the shutter main body portion 53m, as shown in part (b) of Figure 5. However, even when the third opening 49 is slightly open, it is sufficient as long as the third opening 49 is substantially closed by the shutter main body portion 53m to sufficiently prevent toner from leaking through the third opening 49. In other words, when the second shutter 53 is in the closed position, it is sufficient as long as the shutter main body portion 53m substantially closes the third opening 49.
调色剂盒E的容器框架47a在调色剂盒E的每个纵向相对端部分处设置有插入被引导部分(待引导部分,调色剂盒侧引导部分)42、43。通过由显影单元D的插入引导部分35d、36d引导所述插入被引导部分(待引导部分,被引导部分)42、43,在安装和拆卸调色剂盒E时的调色剂盒E的姿势得以稳定。The container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E is provided with insertion guided portions (portions to be guided, toner cartridge side guide portions) 42, 43 at each of the longitudinally opposite end portions of the toner cartridge E. By being guided by the insertion guide portions 35d, 36d of the developing unit D, the posture of the toner cartridge E when the toner cartridge E is mounted and demounted is stabilized.
调色剂盒E还设置有抵接部分42a。当调色剂盒E插入显影单元D时,抵接部分42a抵接显影单元D的被抵接部分35a。调色剂盒E设置有旋转被引导部分42b(待引导旋转部分)。当调色剂盒E旋转以打开和关闭第一闸板37和第二闸板53时,旋转被引导部分42b引导容器框架47a。通过提供旋转被引导部分42b就能够旋转容器47。旋转被引导部分42b是用于引导调色剂盒E的旋转的旋转引导件(调色剂盒侧旋转引导件)。旋转被引导部分42b具有弯曲形状(大致弧形)。The toner cartridge E is further provided with an abutting portion 42a. When the toner cartridge E is inserted into the developing unit D, the abutting portion 42a abuts against the abutted portion 35a of the developing unit D. The toner cartridge E is provided with a rotationally guided portion 42b (a portion to be guided to rotate). When the toner cartridge E rotates to open and close the first shutter 37 and the second shutter 53, the rotationally guided portion 42b guides the container frame 47a. Providing the rotationally guided portion 42b enables the container 47 to rotate. The rotationally guided portion 42b is a rotation guide (toner cartridge side rotation guide) for guiding the rotation of the toner cartridge E. The rotationally guided portion 42b has a curved shape (roughly arcuate).
另外,插入被引导部分42设置有用于管控当插入和拆卸调色剂盒E时的调色剂盒E的插入姿势、拆卸姿势(插入方向和拆卸方向)的被管控部分(待管控部分,被管控表面,姿势管控部分,插入方向管控部分)42c1、42c2。插入被引导部分42可以在外部构造的一部分中具有减重特征结构以改变外部构造。In addition, the insertion guided portion 42 is provided with regulated portions (a portion to be regulated, a regulated surface, a posture regulating portion, an insertion direction regulating portion) 42c1, 42c2 for regulating the insertion posture and removal posture (insertion direction and removal direction) of the toner cartridge E when inserting and removing the toner cartridge E. The insertion guided portion 42 may have a weight-reducing feature structure in a part of the external structure to change the external structure.
插入被引导部分43设置有抵接部分43a,以便当插入调色剂盒E时抵接显影单元D的被抵接部分36a。插入被引导部分43也用作旋转被引导部分(调色剂盒侧旋转引导部分),以用于当抵接部分43a打开和关闭第一闸板37与第二闸板53时引导容器框架47a。The insertion guided portion 43 is provided with an abutting portion 43 a so as to abut against the abutted portion 36 a of the developing unit D when the toner cartridge E is inserted. The insertion guided portion 43 also serves as a rotation guided portion (toner cartridge side rotation guide portion) for guiding the container frame 47 a when the abutting portion 43 a opens and closes the first shutter 37 and the second shutter 53 .
在该实施例中,在非驱动侧,抵接部分42a、旋转被引导部分42b、管控部分42c1和管控部分42c2与插入被引导部分42b一体地形成。然而,它们可以是独立的构件,只要能执行相应的功能即可。In this embodiment, the abutment portion 42a, the rotation guided portion 42b, the regulating portion 42c1 and the regulating portion 42c2 are integrally formed with the insertion guided portion 42b on the non-driving side. However, they may be independent members as long as they can perform corresponding functions.
类似地,在驱动侧,插入被引导部分43b和抵接部分43a可以分别是独立构件。旋转被引导部分可以是独立于抵接部分43a的构件。当关注强度等因素时,可以省略调色剂盒E和显影单元D中的彼此不接触的部分(非功能部分,非接触部分)。Similarly, on the driving side, the insertion guided portion 43b and the contact portion 43a may each be an independent member. The rotation guided portion may be a member independent of the contact portion 43a. When factors such as strength are of concern, portions of the toner cartridge E and the developing unit D that do not contact each other (non-functional portions, non-contact portions) may be omitted.
在该实施例中,插入被引导部分43设在第二调色剂给送部分46的第二驱动传递部分48的端部分处。然而,插入被引导部分43可以设置在容器框架47a上。容器框架47a设置有在安装调色剂盒E时作为由用户握持的把手的握持构件44。握持构件44在相对的纵向端部处固定到容器框架47a。握持构件44可以与容器框架47a一体地模制。In this embodiment, the insertion guided portion 43 is provided at the end portion of the second drive transmission portion 48 of the second toner feeding portion 46. However, the insertion guided portion 43 may be provided on the container frame 47a. The container frame 47a is provided with a gripping member 44 that serves as a handle for the user to grip when the toner cartridge E is installed. The gripping member 44 is fixed to the container frame 47a at opposite longitudinal ends. The gripping member 44 may be integrally molded with the container frame 47a.
返回参考图1的(a)部分,将对容器框架47a上的握持构件44的位置进行说明。图1的(a)部分是在第二调色剂给送部分46的纵向方向上看到的、与第二驱动传递部分48相对的调色剂盒E侧的侧视图。该图示出了握持构件44和抵接部分42之间相对于插入方向的位置关系。Referring back to part (a) of FIG. 1 , the position of the gripping member 44 on the container frame 47 a will be described. Part (a) of FIG. 1 is a side view of the toner cartridge E side opposite the second drive transmission portion 48, as viewed in the longitudinal direction of the second toner feeding portion 46. This figure shows the positional relationship between the gripping member 44 and the abutting portion 42 with respect to the insertion direction.
如图1的(a)部分所示,直线m是与由管控部分42c1和管控部分42c2管控的调色剂盒E的插入方向f平行并且穿过抵接部分42a和抵接部分43a的直线(穿过容器框架47a的旋转轴线S的假想线)。As shown in part (a) of Figure 1, straight line m is a straight line (an imaginary line passing through the rotation axis S of the container frame 47a) parallel to the insertion direction f of the colorant box E controlled by the control part 42c1 and the control part 42c2 and passing through the abutment part 42a and the abutment part 43a.
握持构件44相对于第三开口49(图5的(d)部分)的打开方向(图1的(a)部分中的箭头e)布置在直线m的下游侧。第三开口49的打开方向(箭头e的方向)是调色剂盒E旋转以相对于显影单元D安置调色剂盒E所遵循的方向(安置方向)。The gripping member 44 is arranged on the downstream side of the straight line m with respect to the opening direction (arrow e in part (a) of Figure 1) of the third opening 49 (part (d) of Figure 5). The opening direction (direction of arrow e) of the third opening 49 is the direction (settling direction) in which the toner cartridge E is rotated to seat the toner cartridge E relative to the developing unit D.
§3.将调色剂盒安装到显影单元:§3. Install the toner cartridge into the developer unit:
针对将调色剂盒E安装到显影单元D的过程进行说明。通过在调色剂盒E被安置到显影单元D中的状态下旋转调色剂盒E,打开和关闭第二开口30和第三开口49。The description will be made with respect to a process of mounting the toner cartridge E to the developing unit D. By rotating the toner cartridge E in a state where the toner cartridge E is set in the developing unit D, the second opening 30 and the third opening 49 are opened and closed.
(将调色剂盒插入显影单元中的插入操作)(Inserting operation of toner cartridge into developing unit)
参考图1和图6的(a)部分、图6的(b)部分和图7,描述将调色剂盒E插入显影单元D中的插入操作。1 and FIG. 6 (a), FIG. 6 (b), and FIG. 7, an inserting operation of the toner cartridge E into the developing unit D is described.
图1的(b)部分是调色剂盒E和显影单元D的侧视图,其示出了握持构件44和抵接部分43a相对于调色剂盒E的安装方向的位置关系。Part (b) of FIG. 1 is a side view of the toner cartridge E and the developing unit D, which illustrates the positional relationship between the gripping member 44 and the abutting portion 43 a with respect to the mounting direction of the toner cartridge E. As shown in FIG.
图6是示出了在调色剂盒E被安装(插入)之前的状态下的调色剂盒E和显影单元D的示意图,其中图6的(a)部分是透视图,并且图6的(b)部分是侧视图。6 is a schematic diagram showing the toner cartridge E and the developing unit D in a state before the toner cartridge E is mounted (inserted), wherein part (a) of FIG. 6 is a perspective view and part (b) of FIG. 6 is a side view.
图7是示出了在调色剂盒E的安装(插入)的途中的状态下的调色剂盒E和显影单元D的侧视图。FIG. 7 is a side view showing the toner cartridge E and the developing unit D in a state where the toner cartridge E is in the process of being mounted (inserted).
在调色剂盒E被安装到显影单元D之前,第一闸板37处于收容构件关闭位置,并且第二闸板53处于容器关闭位置。所以,显影单元D的第二开口30和调色剂盒E的第三开口49是关闭的。Before the toner cartridge E is mounted to the developing unit D, the first shutter 37 is in the housing member closing position and the second shutter 53 is in the container closing position. Therefore, the second opening 30 of the developing unit D and the third opening 49 of the toner cartridge E are closed.
调色剂盒E插入显影单元D中的插入方向由图6的(b)部分中的f指示。在调色剂盒E的纵向方向上看,方向f沿着管控部分42c的表面。更特别地,在沿着管控部分42c的表面的方向中,抵接部分42a处于插入被引导部分42的下游的方向即为方向f。The insertion direction of the toner cartridge E into the developing unit D is indicated by f in part (b) of Figure 6 . The direction f is along the surface of the regulating portion 42 c as viewed in the longitudinal direction of the toner cartridge E. More specifically, the direction f is the direction along the surface of the regulating portion 42 c in which the abutting portion 42 a is downstream of the insertion guided portion 42.
如图6的(a)部分所示,用户握持所述握持构件44并且在插入方向f上朝向显影单元D移动调色剂盒E。此时,用户移动调色剂盒E,以使得调色剂盒E的插入被引导部分42和显影单元D的插入引导部分35d彼此接合,并且插入被引导部分43和插入引导部分36d彼此接合。As shown in part (a) of Figure 6 , the user grips the gripping member 44 and moves the toner cartridge E in the insertion direction f toward the developing unit D. At this time, the user moves the toner cartridge E so that the insertion guided portion 42 of the toner cartridge E and the insertion guide portion 35d of the developing unit D engage with each other, and the insertion guided portion 43 and the insertion guide portion 36d engage with each other.
在该实施例中,插入被引导部分42、43和插入引导部分35d、36d形成为使得插入方向f相对于重力的方向g(图6的(b)部分)倾斜。In this embodiment, the insertion guided portions 42 , 43 and the insertion guide portions 35 d , 36 d are formed so that the insertion direction f is inclined with respect to the direction g of gravity (part (b) of FIG. 6 ).
换句话说,在重力方向g上,调色剂盒E被插入,同时插入被引导部分42的管控部分42c1的表面由插入引导部分35d的表面35d1引导。类似地,调色剂盒E被插入,同时插入被引导部分42的管控部分42c2的表面由插入引导部分35d的表面35d2引导。In other words, in the direction of gravity g, the toner cartridge E is inserted while the surface of the regulating portion 42c1 of the insertion guided portion 42 is guided by the surface 35d1 of the insertion guide portion 35d. Similarly, the toner cartridge E is inserted while the surface of the regulating portion 42c2 of the insertion guided portion 42 is guided by the surface 35d2 of the insertion guide portion 35d.
通过使下侧管控部分42c1的表面变成处于插入引导部分35d的表面35d1上,插入被引导部分42相对于旋转引导部分35b定位。由此,确定调色剂盒E相对于显影单元D的姿势(图7)。The insertion guided portion 42 is positioned relative to the rotation guide portion 35b by positioning the surface of the lower regulating portion 42c1 on the surface 35d1 of the insertion guide portion 35d.
在保持该姿势的同时,用户进一步沿着插入引导部分35d和插入引导部分36d向下移动调色剂盒E。由此,调色剂盒E在箭头f的方向上插入显影单元D中。通过在箭头f的方向上进一步移动,抵接部分42a抵接到被抵接部分35a。另外,抵接部分43a抵接到被抵接部36a。由此,完成调色剂盒E的插入(图1的(a)部分,图1的(b)部分)。While maintaining this posture, the user further moves the toner cartridge E downward along the insertion guide portion 35d and the insertion guide portion 36d. As a result, the toner cartridge E is inserted into the developing unit D in the direction of arrow f. By further moving in the direction of arrow f, the abutting portion 42a abuts against the abutted portion 35a. Furthermore, the abutting portion 43a abuts against the abutted portion 36a. Thus, the insertion of the toner cartridge E is completed (Figure 1(a) and Figure 1(b)).
(插入被引导部分的变型例)(Modification of Insertion Guided Portion)
参考图8的(a)部分、图8的(b)部分、图8的(c)部分和图8的(d)部分,将描述插入被引导部分42的结构的变型例。图8的(a)部分至(d)部分是调色剂盒E的插入被引导部分42、抵接部分42a、管控部分42c的各种变型例的侧视图。在该实施例中,如图8的(a)部分所示,调色剂盒E的插入被引导部分42由呈长圆形式的单个突起提供。然而,只要提供类似的功能,也可以采用如(a)部分至(d)部分所示的其它的构造和结构。然而,突起的构造、数量和位置不限于具体的示例。With reference to part (a) of Figure 8 , part (b) of Figure 8 , part (c) of Figure 8 , and part (d) of Figure 8 , variations of the structure of the insertion guided portion 42 will be described. Parts (a) to (d) of Figure 8 are side views of various variations of the insertion guided portion 42, the abutment portion 42a, and the control portion 42c of the colorant cartridge E. In this embodiment, as shown in part (a) of Figure 8 , the insertion guided portion 42 of the colorant cartridge E is provided by a single protrusion in the form of an oblong circle. However, other configurations and structures as shown in parts (a) to (d) may also be adopted as long as similar functions are provided. However, the configuration, number, and position of the protrusions are not limited to specific examples.
如图8的(b)部分所示,可以使用长圆形突起和圆柱状构造突起的组合。利用这样的结构,长圆形突起的表面42d由插入引导部分35d的表面35d1引导(接触),并且圆柱状构造突起的表面42c2由插入引导部分35d的表面35d2引导(接触)。由此,在插入操作中管控调色剂盒E的姿势。另外,长圆形突起的抵接部分42a抵接到被抵接部分35a以完成调色剂盒E的插入。As shown in part (b) of Figure 8 , a combination of an oblong protrusion and a cylindrical protrusion can be used. With this structure, the surface 42d of the oblong protrusion is guided (contacted) by the surface 35d1 of the insertion guide portion 35d, and the surface 42c2 of the cylindrical protrusion is guided (contacted) by the surface 35d2 of the insertion guide portion 35d. This helps control the posture of the toner cartridge E during insertion. Furthermore, the contact portion 42a of the oblong protrusion contacts the contacted portion 35a, completing the insertion of the toner cartridge E.
如图8的(c)部分和图8的(d)部分所示,插入被引导部分可以由多个圆柱状构造突起的组合构成。突起的构造可以不是圆柱状构造,并且可以是三棱柱状构造。换句话说,可以是任何构造,只要插入被引导部是沿着调色剂盒E的插入方向f,并且能够管控调色剂盒E的插入姿势即可。插入被引导部分的数量可以是一个或多个。As shown in parts (c) and (d) of Figure 8 , the insertion guided portion may be composed of a combination of multiple cylindrical protrusions. The protrusions may not be cylindrical but may be triangular prisms. In other words, any configuration is acceptable as long as the insertion guided portion is aligned with the insertion direction f of the toner cartridge E and can control the insertion posture of the toner cartridge E. The number of insertion guided portions may be one or more.
利用图8的(c)部分的结构,沿着插入方向f布置的圆柱状构造突起42e、42f由插入引导部分35d的表面35d1引导。另外,圆柱状构造突起42的表面42c2由插入引导部分35d的表面35d2引导。由此,管控调色剂盒E的姿势。类似地,设置在相对于插入方向f的下游侧的位置处的圆柱状构造突起42f设置有抵接到被抵接部分35a的抵接部分42a。由此,完成调色剂盒E向显影单元D中的插入。Using the structure of part (c) of Figure 8 , the cylindrical protrusions 42e and 42f arranged along the insertion direction f are guided by the surface 35d1 of the insertion guide portion 35d. Furthermore, the surface 42c2 of the cylindrical protrusion 42 is guided by the surface 35d2 of the insertion guide portion 35d. This regulates the posture of the toner cartridge E. Similarly, the cylindrical protrusion 42f positioned downstream relative to the insertion direction f has an abutting portion 42a that abuts the abutted portion 35a. This completes the insertion of the toner cartridge E into the developer unit D.
利用图8的(d)部分的结构,沿着插入方向f布置的圆柱状构造突起42e、42f由插入引导部分35d的表面35d1引导。圆柱状构造突起42e、42f由插入引导部分35d的表面35d2引导。由此,管控调色剂盒E的姿势。另外,设置在相对于插入方向f的下游侧的圆柱状构造突起42f设置有抵接到被抵接部分35a的抵接部分42a,由此完成调色剂盒E向显影单元D中的插入。With the structure of part (d) of Figure 8 , the cylindrical projections 42e and 42f arranged along the insertion direction f are guided by the surface 35d1 of the insertion guide portion 35d. The cylindrical projections 42e and 42f are guided by the surface 35d2 of the insertion guide portion 35d. This controls the posture of the toner cartridge E. Furthermore, the cylindrical projection 42f, located downstream relative to the insertion direction f, has an abutting portion 42a that abuts the abutted portion 35a, thereby completing the insertion of the toner cartridge E into the developer unit D.
以该方式,在多个突起设置在调色剂盒E的纵向端部处的情况下,要考虑接触显影单元D的部分。In this manner, in the case where a plurality of protrusions are provided at the longitudinal end portions of the toner cartridge E, the portions contacting the developing unit D are considered.
(调色剂盒相对于显影单元的定位)(Positioning of Toner Cartridge Relative to Developer Unit)
参考图10的(a)部分、图10的(b)部分、图11的(a)部分、图11的(b)部分和图11的(c)部分,将描述调色剂盒E相对于显影单元D的定位。10(a), FIG10(b), FIG11(a), FIG11(b), and FIG11(c), positioning of the toner cartridge E relative to the developing unit D will be described.
图10的(a)部分是在抵接部分42a抵接到被抵接部分35a的状态下的调色剂盒E的插入被引导部分42和显影单元D的框架35的侧视图。图10的(b)部分是在抵接部分42a抵接到被抵接部分35a的状态下的调色剂盒E和显影单元D的截面图。Part (a) of Figure 10 is a side view of the insertion guided portion 42 of the toner cartridge E and the frame 35 of the developing unit D, with the abutting portion 42a abutting the abutted portion 35a. Part (b) of Figure 10 is a cross-sectional view of the toner cartridge E and the developing unit D, with the abutting portion 42a abutting the abutted portion 35a.
图11的(a)部分是在调色剂盒E相对于显影单元定位的状态下的调色剂盒E的插入被引导部分42和显影单元D的框架35的侧视图。图11的(b)部分是示出已定位的调色剂盒E和显影单元D之间的接合关系的截面图。图11的(b)部分是在第二闸板53的位置处截取的调色剂盒E和显影单元D的截面图。Part (a) of Figure 11 is a side view of the insertion guided portion 42 of the toner cartridge E and the frame 35 of the developing unit D, in a state in which the toner cartridge E is positioned relative to the developing unit. Part (b) of Figure 11 is a cross-sectional view showing the engagement relationship between the positioned toner cartridge E and the developing unit D. Part (b) of Figure 11 is a cross-sectional view of the toner cartridge E and the developing unit D, taken at the position of the second shutter 53.
图11的(c)部分是示出已定位的调色剂盒E和显影单元D之间的另一种接合状态的截面图。图11的(c)部分是在爪部分53b的位置处截取的调色剂盒E和显影单元D的截面图。Part (c) of Figure 11 is a sectional view showing another engagement state between the positioned toner cartridge E and developing unit D. Part (c) of Figure 11 is a sectional view of the toner cartridge E and developing unit D taken at the position of the claw portion 53b.
在图10中,当容器框架47a逆时针(图中的箭头e的方向)旋转时,抵接部分42a和旋转被引导部分42b与旋转引导件35b接合。由此,调色剂盒E相对于显影单元D定位。10, when the container frame 47a rotates counterclockwise (in the direction of arrow e in the figure), the abutment portion 42a and the rotation guided portion 42b engage with the rotation guide 35b.
§4.[闸板的打开和关闭操作]§4.[Opening and closing operation of the gate]
将针对显影单元侧闸板和调色剂盒侧闸板的打开和关闭操作进行详细描述。The opening and closing operations of the developing unit-side shutter and the toner cartridge-side shutter will be described in detail.
在该实施例中,在将调色剂盒E安装到显影单元D的过程中,显影单元侧第一闸板37和调色剂盒侧第二闸板53打开(移动到打开位置)。与之相反地,在从显影单元D拆卸调色剂盒E的过程中,第一闸板37和第二闸板53关闭(移动到关闭位置)。In this embodiment, the first shutter 37 on the developing unit side and the second shutter 53 on the toner cartridge side are opened (moved to the open position) during the installation of the toner cartridge E into the developing unit D. Conversely, the first shutter 37 and the second shutter 53 are closed (moved to the closed position) during the removal of the toner cartridge E from the developing unit D.
通过至少包括相对于显影单元D的旋转操作在内的安装操作安装调色剂盒E。更特别地,在大致线性地插入显影单元D中之后,将调色剂盒E相对于显影单元D旋转以进行安装。与安装操作中的调色剂盒E的旋转操作相关联地,闸板37、53相应地从关闭位置移动到打开位置。The toner cartridge E is mounted by a mounting operation including at least a rotation operation relative to the developing unit D. More specifically, after being substantially linearly inserted into the developing unit D, the toner cartridge E is rotated relative to the developing unit D for mounting. In association with the rotation operation of the toner cartridge E in the mounting operation, the shutters 37, 53 are correspondingly moved from the closed position to the open position.
类似地,通过至少包括旋转操作在内的拆卸操作从显影单元D拆卸调色剂盒E。更特别地,在相对于显影单元D旋转之后,将调色剂盒E大致线性地拉出以进行拆卸。Similarly, the toner cartridge E is detached from the developing unit D by a detaching operation including at least a rotating operation. More specifically, after being rotated relative to the developing unit D, the toner cartridge E is pulled out substantially linearly for detachment.
通过在拆卸时的调色剂盒E的旋转操作,闸板37、53移动到打开位置。The shutters 37 and 53 are moved to the open position by the rotation operation of the toner cartridge E when being removed.
(闸板的打开操作)(Gate opening operation)
参考图1的(a)部分、图11的(a)部分、图11的(b)部分、图11的(c)部分、图12的(a)部分和图12的(b)部分,将针对显影单元D的第一闸板37和调色剂盒E的第二闸板53的打开操作进行说明。图12的(a)部分是在第二开口30和第三开口49打开的状态下的调色剂盒E的插入被引导部分42和显影单元D的框架35的侧视图。图12的(b)部分是在第二开口30和第三开口49打开的状态下的调色剂盒E和显影单元D的截面图。With reference to parts (a) of FIG. 1 , (a) of FIG. 11 , (b) of FIG. 11 , (c) of FIG. 11 , (a) of FIG. 12 , and (b) of FIG. 12 , the opening operation of the first shutter 37 of the developing unit D and the second shutter 53 of the toner cartridge E will be described. Part (a) of FIG. 12 is a side view of the insertion guided portion 42 of the toner cartridge E and the frame 35 of the developing unit D in a state where the second opening 30 and the third opening 49 are open. Part (b) of FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view of the toner cartridge E and the developing unit D in a state where the second opening 30 and the third opening 49 are open.
在该实施例中,在调色剂盒E相对于显影单元D定位的状态(安装状态)下,第二开口30和第三开口49之间的相对位置能够采取不同的相对位置。换句话说,在调色剂盒E被安置在显影单元D中的状态下,能够通过旋转调色剂盒E而采取至少两个位置(状态)。In this embodiment, the relative position between the second opening 30 and the third opening 49 can take different relative positions in a state where the toner cartridge E is positioned relative to the developing unit D (mounted state). In other words, in a state where the toner cartridge E is set in the developing unit D, the toner cartridge E can take at least two positions (states) by rotating it.
在第一位置,第二开口30和第三开口49不彼此重叠,并且因此,第一调色剂收容部分28和第二调色剂收容部分47t处于非流体连通状态(非连通位置)。在此状态下,第一闸板37处于关闭第二开口30的关闭位置。In the first position, the second opening 30 and the third opening 49 do not overlap each other, and therefore, the first toner storage portion 28 and the second toner storage portion 47t are in a non-fluid communication state (non-communication position). In this state, the first shutter 37 is in a closed position closing the second opening 30.
在第二位置,第二开口30和第三开口49互相对准,以使得第一调色剂收容部分28和第二调色剂收容部分47t彼此流体连通。在此状态下,第一闸板37处于打开第二开口30的打开位置。In the second position, the second opening 30 and the third opening 49 are aligned with each other so that the first toner storage portion 28 and the second toner storage portion 47t are in fluid communication with each other. In this state, the first shutter 37 is in the open position to open the second opening 30.
因此,第一闸板37是用于打开和关闭第二开口30的打开/关闭构件。第三开口49形成于具有大致弧形构造的弯曲表面部分中,且第一闸板37沿着该弯曲表面部分移动(旋转)以打开和关闭第三开口49。Therefore, the first shutter 37 is an opening/closing member for opening and closing the second opening 30. The third opening 49 is formed in a curved surface portion having a substantially arcuate configuration, and the first shutter 37 moves (rotates) along the curved surface portion to open and close the third opening 49.
如图1的(a)部分所示,当调色剂盒E被插入到显影单元D的预定位置时,容器框架47a的突起45和第一闸板37的孔部分37a彼此接合。另外,在此时,第二闸板53的前侧表面53c(图5的(d)部分)和显影单元D的冲突表面(接触表面)39(图4的(b)部分)彼此相对。通过插入被引导部分42由插入引导部分35d引导,管控调色剂盒E的插入姿势以使得突起45进入孔部分37a。类似地,管控调色剂盒E的插入姿势以使得前侧表面53c与冲突表面39相对。As shown in part (a) of Figure 1, when the colorant cartridge E is inserted into the predetermined position of the developing unit D, the protrusion 45 of the container frame 47a and the hole portion 37a of the first shutter 37 engage with each other. In addition, at this time, the front side surface 53c of the second shutter 53 (part (d) of Figure 5) and the collision surface (contact surface) 39 of the developing unit D (part (b) of Figure 4) are opposite to each other. The insertion guide portion 35d is guided by the insertion guided portion 42, and the insertion posture of the colorant cartridge E is controlled so that the protrusion 45 enters the hole portion 37a. Similarly, the insertion posture of the colorant cartridge E is controlled so that the front side surface 53c is opposite to the collision surface 39.
通过用户在箭头e的方向上操作握持构件44而从图1的(a)部分所示的安装位置旋转调色剂盒E的容器框架47a。由此,插入被引导部分42和框架35之间的接合状态通过图11的(a)部分所示的状态改变为图12的(a)部分所示的状态。此时,调色剂盒E(容器框架47a)的旋转轴线大致平行于调色剂盒E的纵向方向。The user operates the grip member 44 in the direction of arrow e to rotate the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E from the mounted position shown in part (a) of FIG. 1 . As a result, the engagement state between the insertion guided portion 42 and the frame 35 changes from the state shown in part (a) of FIG. 11 to the state shown in part (a) of FIG. 12 . At this time, the rotation axis of the toner cartridge E (container frame 47a) is substantially parallel to the longitudinal direction of the toner cartridge E.
如图11的(b)部分所示,在容器框架47a的旋转的途中,第二闸板53的前侧表面53c(图5的(d)部分)和显影单元D的冲突表面39(图4的(b)部分)彼此抵接。由此,防止第二闸板53与调色剂盒E一体地旋转。As shown in FIG. 11( b ), during the rotation of the container frame 47 a, the front surface 53 c of the second shutter 53 ( FIG. 5( d )) and the collision surface 39 of the developer unit D ( FIG. 4( b )) come into contact with each other. This prevents the second shutter 53 from rotating integrally with the toner cartridge E.
也就是说,通过由冲突表面39管控第二闸板53的前侧表面53c的运动而使得仅容器框架47a旋转。从该状态开始,调色剂盒E进一步旋转到安装方向(图11的(b)部分中的箭头e)。然后,用于将调色剂供给到显影单元中的第三开口49在打开方向上移动。That is, the movement of the front side surface 53c of the second shutter 53 is regulated by the collision surface 39, so that only the container frame 47a rotates. From this state, the toner cartridge E further rotates to the installation direction (arrow e in part (b) of Figure 11). Then, the third opening 49 for supplying toner to the developing unit moves in the opening direction.
换句话说,第二闸板在打开第三开口49的方向上相对于容器框架47a移动。更特别地,第二闸板的前侧表面53c接收来自冲突表面39的力(反作用力),由此第二闸板53沿着容器框架47a的外周边在打开第三开口49的方向上旋转(回转)。In other words, the second shutter moves relative to the container frame 47a in the direction of opening the third opening 49. More specifically, the front side surface 53c of the second shutter receives the force (reaction force) from the collision surface 39, whereby the second shutter 53 rotates (swivels) along the outer periphery of the container frame 47a in the direction of opening the third opening 49.
如图1的(a)部分和图11的(c)部分所示,容器框架47a设置有表面(倾斜表面)47b,使得高度在与臂部分53a相对的区域中朝向臂部分53a上升。换句话说,容器框架47a设置有径向向外突出的周边表面和径向向内凹入的周边表面。表面47b介于突出的周边表面和凹入的周边表面之间。As shown in FIG. 1 (a) and FIG. 11 (c), container frame 47a is provided with a surface (inclined surface) 47b such that the height thereof increases toward arm portion 53a in the region opposite arm portion 53a. In other words, container frame 47a is provided with a peripheral surface that protrudes radially outward and a peripheral surface that is recessed radially inward. Surface 47b is interposed between the protruding and recessed peripheral surfaces.
当第二闸板53相对于容器框架47a(表面47b)移动时,容器框架47a的突出周边表面接触第二闸板的臂部分53a以径向向外地引导臂53a。When the second shutter 53 moves relative to the container frame 47 a (surface 47 b ), the protruding peripheral surface of the container frame 47 a contacts the arm portion 53 a of the second shutter to guide the arm 53 a radially outward.
在此,容器框架47a的输出是在第二闸板53相对于容器框架47a的旋转的径向方向上的出口。容器框架47a的输出方向是远离容器框架47a的旋转轴线(中心轴线)的方向。容器框架47a的外侧是远离设置在容器框架47a内部的第二调色剂给送构件46(或第二调色剂给送构件46的旋转轴线)。Here, the output of the container frame 47a is an outlet in the radial direction of the rotation of the second shutter plate 53 relative to the container frame 47a. The output direction of the container frame 47a is a direction away from the rotation axis (central axis) of the container frame 47a. The outside of the container frame 47a is away from the second toner feeding member 46 (or the rotation axis of the second toner feeding member 46) provided inside the container frame 47a.
在该实施例中,容器框架47a为大致圆筒状,并且因此,臂53a沿其移动的表面是向外突出的周边表面。可以采用另外的构造,只要该构造能够引导臂53a即可,因此臂53a的引导部分的构造不限于上述的具体示例。In this embodiment, the container frame 47a is substantially cylindrical, and therefore, the surface along which the arm 53a moves is a peripheral surface protruding outward. Another configuration may be adopted as long as it can guide the arm 53a, and therefore the configuration of the guide portion of the arm 53a is not limited to the specific example described above.
当容器框架47a相对于被防止旋转的第二闸板53的臂部分53a旋转时,表面47b上的点Q沿着臂部分53a的表面53d移动。然后,表面47b上的点Q接触到设置在爪部分53b后面的表面53e(待接触部分)。在此时,因为表面53e在由箭头n指示的方向上从点Q接收力,所以臂部分53a的爪部分53b变形从而由表面47b推升。When the container frame 47a rotates relative to the arm portion 53a of the second shutter plate 53, which is prevented from rotating, point Q on surface 47b moves along surface 53d of arm portion 53a. Then, point Q on surface 47b contacts surface 53e (a portion to be contacted) located behind claw portion 53b. At this time, because surface 53e receives a force from point Q in the direction indicated by arrow n, claw portion 53b of arm portion 53a deforms and is thereby pushed up by surface 47b.
由此,臂部分53a从沿着设置在容器框架47a的周边表面上的凹部退避的状态改变为与显影单元侧接合的状态。更特别地,臂部分53a的爪部分53b与显影单元D的框架35的孔部分33接合(由此,第二闸板53暂时与框架35接合)。表面47b(图6的(b)部分)是移动部分(接合位置移动部分),用于当第二闸板53移动到打开位置时(当安装调色剂盒E时)推压爪部分53b以从容器框架47a径向向外地移动爪部分53b。也就是说,爪部分53b通过表面47b移动到用于与孔部分33接合的接合位置。通过表面47b,爪部分53b从容器框架47a向外移动(远离容器框架47a的中心(旋转轴线)),也就是移动远离设置在容器框架47a内部的第二给送构件46的旋转轴线。As a result, the arm portion 53a changes from a position retracted along the recessed portion provided on the peripheral surface of the container frame 47a to a position engaged with the developer unit. More specifically, the claw portion 53b of the arm portion 53a engages with the hole portion 33 of the frame 35 of the developer unit D (thus, the second shutter 53 temporarily engages with the frame 35). The surface 47b (portion (b) of FIG. 6 ) is a movable portion (engagement position shifting portion) that pushes the claw portion 53b to move radially outward from the container frame 47a when the second shutter 53 moves to the open position (when the toner cartridge E is installed). In other words, the claw portion 53b is moved to the engagement position for engagement with the hole portion 33 via the surface 47b. The surface 47b moves the claw portion 53b outward from the container frame 47a (away from the center (rotational axis) of the container frame 47a), that is, away from the rotational axis of the second feed member 46 provided within the container frame 47a.
表面47b也用作用于从容器框架47a径向向外地引导爪部分53b、臂部分53a(到接合位置)的引导部分,并且也用作用于径向向外地推压臂部分53a和爪部分53b的推压部分(加压部分)。另外,表面47b也用作接合位置保持部分,用于当第二闸板53处于打开位置时将接合部分(爪部分53b)保持在接合位置(其与孔部分33接合的位置)。通过表面47b支撑卡扣配合(臂部分53a或爪部分53b),爪部分53b不会移动到从孔部分33退避的退避位置。The surface 47b also serves as a guide portion for guiding the claw portion 53b and the arm portion 53a radially outward from the container frame 47a (to the engaged position), and also serves as a pressing portion (pressing portion) for pressing the arm portion 53a and the claw portion 53b radially outward. Furthermore, the surface 47b also serves as an engaged position retaining portion for retaining the engaging portion (claw portion 53b) in the engaged position (the position in which it engages with the hole portion 33) when the second shutter 53 is in the open position. By supporting the snap fit (the arm portion 53a or the claw portion 53b) on the surface 47b, the claw portion 53b does not move to the retracted position, where it is retracted from the hole portion 33.
当容器框架47a在图11的(b)部分中的箭头e的方向上旋转时,通过突起45的表面45a和孔部分37a的表面37a1之间的接触,第一闸板37在容器框架47a的旋转方向上被加压。结果,与容器框架47a的旋转相关联地,第一闸板37打开第二开口30。容器框架47a的突起45用作用于向第一闸板37施加力以将其移动到打开位置的打开力施加部分(打开位置移动部分,打开/关闭构件移动部分)。When the container frame 47a rotates in the direction of arrow e in part (b) of Figure 11, the first shutter 37 is pressed in the rotation direction of the container frame 47a by the contact between the surface 45a of the protrusion 45 and the surface 37a1 of the hole portion 37a. As a result, the first shutter 37 opens the second opening 30 in conjunction with the rotation of the container frame 47a. The protrusion 45 of the container frame 47a serves as an opening force applying portion (open position moving portion, opening/closing member moving portion) for applying a force to the first shutter 37 to move it to the open position.
随后,如图12的(a)部分和图12的(b)部分所示,第一调色剂收容部分28和第二调色剂收容部分47通过第三开口49和第二开口30彼此流体连通。由此,完成用于打开第二开口30和第三开口49的打开操作。12(a) and 12(b), the first toner storing portion 28 and the second toner storing portion 47 are in fluid communication with each other through the third opening 49 and the second opening 30. Thus, the opening operation for opening the second opening 30 and the third opening 49 is completed.
在此时,抵接部分42a和旋转被引导部分42b与旋转引导部分35b接合。由此,在第二开口30和第三开口49打开的状态下防止调色剂盒E相对于显影单元D移动。At this time, the abutment portion 42a and the rotation guided portion 42b engage with the rotation guide portion 35b. Thus, the toner cartridge E is prevented from moving relative to the developing unit D while the second opening 30 and the third opening 49 are open.
也就是说,通过从显影单元D接收的力来防止调色剂盒E在y方向以及与插入方向f相反的k方向上的移动。在此状态下,调色剂盒E的第二驱动传递部分48与显影单元D的驱动传递部分38相连接。由此,能够从显影单元传递用于旋转第二调色剂给送构件46的驱动力。通过上述结构,能够将调色剂从调色剂盒E的第二调色剂收容部分47t供给到显影单元D的第一调色剂收容部分28中。在该实施例中,用于将驱动力传递到调色剂盒E的第二驱动传递部分48的驱动传递部分38设置在显影单元D侧。然而,与第二驱动传递部分48接合的驱动传递部分38可以设置在调色剂盒E侧,正如将在下文描述的实施例中那样。齿轮之间的接合被称为啮合接合,这也适用于设置有突起的带或类似物的情形。That is, the toner cartridge E is prevented from moving in the y direction and the k direction opposite to the insertion direction f by the force received from the developing unit D. In this state, the second drive transmission portion 48 of the toner cartridge E is connected to the drive transmission portion 38 of the developing unit D. This allows the driving force for rotating the second toner feeding member 46 to be transmitted from the developing unit. With this structure, toner can be supplied from the second toner storage portion 47t of the toner cartridge E to the first toner storage portion 28 of the developing unit D. In this embodiment, the drive transmission portion 38 for transmitting the driving force to the second drive transmission portion 48 of the toner cartridge E is provided on the developing unit D side. However, the drive transmission portion 38 engaging with the second drive transmission portion 48 may be provided on the toner cartridge E side, as in the embodiment described below. The engagement between gears is referred to as meshing engagement, which also applies to the case of a belt or the like provided with projections.
(从调色剂盒插入操作切换到闸板打开操作)(Switching from toner cartridge insertion operation to shutter opening operation)
参考图1和图9的(a)部分以及图9的(b)部分,将描述作为该实施例的特征的从调色剂盒E的插入操作到闸板打开操作的切换操作。图9的(a)部分是侧视图并且示出了在将调色剂盒E插入显影单元D时施加到调色剂盒E的力的关系。图9的(b)部分是侧视图并且示出了在使用具有不同结构的抵接部分42a的情况下施加到调色剂盒E的力的关系。With reference to FIG. 1 and FIG. 9 (a) and FIG. 9 (b), a switching operation from the insertion operation of the toner cartridge E to the shutter opening operation, which is a feature of this embodiment, will be described. FIG. 9 (a) is a side view illustrating the relationship of forces applied to the toner cartridge E when the toner cartridge E is inserted into the developing unit D. FIG. 9 (b) is a side view illustrating the relationship of forces applied to the toner cartridge E when using the abutment portion 42a having a different structure.
如图9的(a)部分所示,调色剂盒E由用户插入显影单元D中,由此抵接部分42a抵接到被抵接部分(待抵接部分)35a。由此,调色剂盒E接收力F1和力F2。更特别地,在用户插入调色剂盒E时所施加的力F1作用于握持构件44,并且作为反作用力的等效力F2被施加到插入被引导部分42的抵接部分42a。As shown in FIG. 9A , the user inserts the toner cartridge E into the developing unit D, causing the abutting portion 42a to abut against the abutted portion (to-be-abutted portion) 35a. As a result, the toner cartridge E receives force F1 and force F2. More specifically, the force F1 applied by the user when inserting the toner cartridge E acts on the gripping member 44, and an equivalent force F2, acting as a reaction force, is applied to the abutting portion 42a of the insertion guided portion 42.
在此,将考虑与调色剂盒E的安装方向平行并且穿过调色剂盒E的旋转轴线(第二闸板构件53的旋转轴线)S的直线(假想线)m。从假想线m到握持构件44的臂的长度为r1,并且从旋转轴线(旋转中心)S到抵接部分42a的臂的长度为r2。在此时,关于调色剂盒E的第三开口49(图5的(d)部分)的旋转轴线S的力矩M如下:Here, let's consider a straight line (imaginary line) m that is parallel to the installation direction of the toner cartridge E and passes through the rotation axis S of the toner cartridge E (the rotation axis of the second shutter member 53). The length of the arm from the imaginary line m to the gripping member 44 is r1, and the length of the arm from the rotation axis (rotation center) S to the abutment portion 42a is r2. At this time, the moment M about the rotation axis S of the third opening 49 of the toner cartridge E (part (d) of FIG. 5 ) is as follows:
M=F1×r1+F2×r2。M=F1×r1+F2×r2.
如图9的(a)部分所示,沿着容器框架47a的旋转的轴向方向看,在第二开口30和第三开口49打开时的调色剂盒E(容器框架47a)的旋转移动方向为逆时针(箭头e的方向)。在该实施例中,抵接部分42a处于与插入方向(引导方向)f平行且穿过容器框架47a的旋转轴线S的直线(假想线)m上,并且因此r2=0。握持构件44相对于旋转移动方向e布置在直线m的下游(在第二开口30和第三开口49的打开方向(箭头e的方向)上取正值)。As shown in part (a) of Figure 9 , the rotational movement direction of the toner cartridge E (container frame 47a) when the second opening 30 and the third opening 49 are open is counterclockwise (in the direction of arrow e) when viewed along the axial direction of rotation of the container frame 47a. In this embodiment, the abutment portion 42a is located on a straight line (imaginary line) m that is parallel to the insertion direction (guiding direction) f and passes through the rotation axis S of the container frame 47a, and therefore r2 = 0. The gripping member 44 is arranged downstream of the straight line m with respect to the rotational movement direction e (taking a positive value in the direction of opening the second opening 30 and the third opening 49 (in the direction of arrow e)).
所以,F1×r1>0,并且M>0。Therefore, F1×r1>0, and M>0.
由于F1×r1>0并且M>0,因此在将调色剂盒E插入显影单元D时由用户施加的力F1被转换为有效地用以在打开方向e上旋转第二开口30和第三开口49的力。因此,整个调色剂盒E通过在方向f上施加到调色剂盒E的力F1而旋转。Since F1×r1>0 and M>0, the force F1 applied by the user when inserting the toner cartridge E into the developing unit D is converted into a force effective to rotate the second opening 30 and the third opening 49 in the opening direction e. Therefore, the entire toner cartridge E is rotated by the force F1 applied to the toner cartridge E in the direction f.
力矩M越大,调色剂盒E的旋转就越容易。换句话说,随着力矩M的增加,第二开口30和第三开口49的打开操作的平滑度增加。The larger the moment M, the easier it is to rotate the toner cartridge E. In other words, as the moment M increases, the smoothness of the opening operation of the second opening 30 and the third opening 49 increases.
关于增加力矩M的结构,例如可以考虑对抵接部分42a的改动,如图9的(b)部分所示。这意味着抵接部分42a相对于与安装方向f平行且穿过容器框架47a的旋转轴线S的假想线m被安置在与握持构件44相对的侧。Regarding the structure for increasing the moment M, for example, a modification of the abutment portion 42a can be considered, as shown in part (b) of Figure 9. This means that the abutment portion 42a is positioned on the side opposite to the gripping member 44 relative to an imaginary line m that is parallel to the mounting direction f and passes through the rotation axis S of the container frame 47a.
当施加到抵接部分42a的力为F3并且从假想线m到抵接部分42a的距离为r3时,类似于图9的(a)部分的情形,关于旋转轴线S的力矩M如下:When the force applied to the abutment portion 42a is F3 and the distance from the imaginary line m to the abutment portion 42a is r3, similar to the case of part (a) of FIG. 9 , the moment M about the rotation axis S is as follows:
M=F1×r1+F3×r3。M=F1×r1+F3×r3.
在此情况下,F3×r3是在打开第二开口30和第三开口49的方向(打开方向e)上的力矩。因此力矩M较大,并且因此,容器框架47a更容易在打开方向e上旋转。上述的抵接部分42a和握持构件44之间的位置关系可以应用于抵接部分43a和握持构件44之间的关系,由此提供类似的效果。In this case, F3×r3 is the moment in the direction of opening the second opening 30 and the third opening 49 (opening direction e). Therefore, the moment M is large, and therefore, the container frame 47a is more easily rotated in the opening direction e. The positional relationship between the abutment portion 42a and the gripping member 44 described above can be applied to the relationship between the abutment portion 43a and the gripping member 44, thereby providing a similar effect.
参考图64,将更详细地描述握持构件44的位置关系。图64示出了调色剂盒E投影在垂直于旋转轴线S的投影平面上并且调色剂盒E被假想线m分成两个区域(即区域R1和区域R2)的状态。The positional relationship of the grip member 44 will be described in more detail with reference to Figure 64. Figure 64 shows a state where the toner cartridge E is projected on a projection plane perpendicular to the rotation axis S and is divided into two regions (ie, region R1 and region R2) by an imaginary line m.
在此情况下,握持构件44处于与第三开口(排出开口)49相同的区域R1中。在该实施例中,整个握持构件44处于区域R1中。即握持构件44的自由端部分(握持部分)44t和基部44s都处于区域R1中。然而,由用户直接握持的自由端部分(操作部分,握持部分)44t处于区域R1侧。握持构件44的基部是容器47和握持构件44之间的连接部分。另外,突起(容器侧突起,打开/关闭构件移动部分)45和爪部分53a(打开/关闭构件侧接合部分)、表面(接合位置移动部分)47b也处于区域R1侧。In this case, the holding member 44 is in the same region R1 as the third opening (discharge opening) 49. In this embodiment, the entire holding member 44 is in region R1. That is, the free end portion (holding portion) 44t and the base 44s of the holding member 44 are both in region R1. However, the free end portion (operating portion, holding portion) 44t directly held by the user is on the region R1 side. The base of the holding member 44 is the connecting portion between the container 47 and the holding member 44. In addition, the protrusion (container side protrusion, opening/closing member moving portion) 45 and the claw portion 53a (opening/closing member side engaging portion), the surface (engaging position moving portion) 47b are also on the region R1 side.
与第一闸板37和第二闸板53的打开和关闭操作相关的突起45、爪部分53a、表面47b、握持构件44中的第三开口49都处于区域R1中。由此,简化了与第一闸板37和第二闸板53a相关的结构,并且因此,调色剂盒E和/或显影盒D能够小型化。The projection 45, the claw portion 53a, the surface 47b, and the third opening 49 in the gripping member 44, which are related to the opening and closing operations of the first shutter 37 and the second shutter 53, are all located in the region R1. Thus, the structure related to the first shutter 37 and the second shutter 53a is simplified, and thus, the toner cartridge E and/or the developer cartridge D can be miniaturized.
为了进一步描述握持构件44的位置关系,调色剂盒E由假想线m和假想线n分成四个部分。假想线n是穿过旋转轴线S并且垂直于假想线m的直线。相应地,调色剂盒E被分成四个区域,即区域R1a、区域R1b、区域R2a和区域R2b。区域R1a、区域R1b、区域R2a和区域R2b沿着箭头e的方向按照上述的顺序配置。箭头e的方向是在安装调色剂盒E时容器47的旋转方向。换句话说,箭头e的方向是第二闸板53相对于容器47从打开位置向关闭位置旋转的方向。To further illustrate the positional relationship of the gripping member 44, the toner cartridge E is divided into four sections by imaginary lines m and n. Imaginary line n is a straight line passing through the rotation axis S and perpendicular to imaginary line m. Accordingly, the toner cartridge E is divided into four regions: region R1a, region R1b, region R2a, and region R2b. Regions R1a, R1b, R2a, and R2b are arranged in the order described above, along the direction of arrow e. The direction of arrow e represents the direction of rotation of the container 47 when the toner cartridge E is installed. In other words, the direction of arrow e represents the direction of rotation of the second shutter 53 relative to the container 47 from the open position to the closed position.
握持构件44(自由端部分44t,基部44s)、表面(接合位置移动部分)47b设置在与第三开口49相同的区域R1a中。The gripping member 44 (free end portion 44 t , base 44 s ), the surface (engagement position moving portion) 47 b are provided in the same region R1 a as the third opening 49 .
突起45布置在区域R1b中,该区域R1b在箭头e的方向上是区域R1a下游的一个区域。爪部分53a相对于箭头e的方向布置在突起45和握持构件44之间。爪部分53a邻近假想线n布置。爪部分53a的大部分处于区域R1b侧,但是爪部分53a可以布置在区域R1a中。Protrusion 45 is arranged in region R1b, which is downstream of region R1a in the direction of arrow e. Claw portion 53a is arranged between protrusion 45 and grip member 44 relative to the direction of arrow e. Claw portion 53a is arranged adjacent to imaginary line n. Most of claw portion 53a is located on the side of region R1b, but claw portion 53a may be arranged in region R1a.
在箭头e的方向上,握持构件44、第三开口49、表面47b、爪部分(接合部分)53a和突起45按照上述的顺序布置。In the direction of arrow e, the gripping member 44 , the third opening 49 , the surface 47 b , the claw portion (engagement portion) 53 a , and the protrusion 45 are arranged in the order described above.
(闸板关闭操作)(Gate closing operation)
参考图10的(a)部分、图10的(b)部分、图11的(b)部分、图11的(c)部分和图12的(b)部分,将描述显影单元D的第一闸板37和调色剂盒E的第二闸板53的关闭操作。第一闸板37和第二闸板53的关闭操作与上述的打开操作相反。在第一闸板37和第二闸板53的关闭方向上,从与设置有第二驱动传递部分48的侧相对的侧看,容器框架47a在顺时针方向(图12的(b)部分中的箭头h的方向)上旋转。Referring to FIG. 10 (a), FIG. 10 (b), FIG. 11 (b), FIG. 11 (c), and FIG. 12 (b), the closing operation of the first shutter 37 of the developing unit D and the second shutter 53 of the toner cartridge E will be described. The closing operation of the first shutter 37 and the second shutter 53 is the opposite of the opening operation described above. In the closing direction of the first shutter 37 and the second shutter 53, the container frame 47a rotates in the clockwise direction (the direction of arrow h in FIG. 12 (b)) as viewed from the side opposite to the side where the second drive transmission portion 48 is provided.
在图12的(b)部分所示的状态下,握持住握持构件44的用户在关闭方向(箭头h的方向,闭合方向)上旋转容器框架47a。然后,容器框架47a的突起45的表面45b抵接到第一闸板37的孔部分37a的表面37a2。由此,第一闸板37接收来自表面37a2的力以与容器47的旋转操作相关联地旋转。第一闸板37移动到用于关闭第二开口30的关闭位置。突起45的表面45b是关闭力施加部分,用于将力施加到第一闸板37以将第一闸板37移动到关闭位置。In the state shown in part (b) of Figure 12, the user who holds the gripping member 44 rotates the container frame 47a in the closing direction (the direction of the arrow h, the closing direction). Then, the surface 45b of the protrusion 45 of the container frame 47a abuts against the surface 37a2 of the hole portion 37a of the first shutter 37. Thereby, the first shutter 37 receives the force from the surface 37a2 to rotate in association with the rotation operation of the container 47. The first shutter 37 moves to the closed position for closing the second opening 30. The surface 45b of the protrusion 45 is a closing force applying portion for applying a force to the first shutter 37 to move the first shutter 37 to the closed position.
在此时,如图11的(c)部分所示,第二闸板53的爪部分53b如上文所述通过表面47b布置在接合位置,使得爪部分53b与显影单元D的孔部分33接合。所以,爪部分53b的表面53f抵接到孔部分33的表面33a,并且因此,第二闸板53不与容器框架47a一体地旋转。也就是说,通过爪部分53b和孔部分33之间的接合,表面53f接收来自表面33a的力,并且因此,第二闸板53的旋转被管控。换句话说,第二闸板53不与容器框架47a一体地移动,从而允许第二闸板53和容器框架47a之间的相对运动。所以,第二闸板53相对于容器框架47a移动到用于关闭第三开口49的关闭位置。At this time, as shown in part (c) of Figure 11, the claw portion 53b of the second shutter 53 is arranged in the engagement position by the surface 47b as described above, so that the claw portion 53b engages with the hole portion 33 of the developing unit D. Therefore, the surface 53f of the claw portion 53b abuts against the surface 33a of the hole portion 33, and therefore, the second shutter 53 does not rotate integrally with the container frame 47a. That is, through the engagement between the claw portion 53b and the hole portion 33, the surface 53f receives the force from the surface 33a, and therefore, the rotation of the second shutter 53 is controlled. In other words, the second shutter 53 does not move integrally with the container frame 47a, thereby allowing relative movement between the second shutter 53 and the container frame 47a. Therefore, the second shutter 53 moves to the closed position for closing the third opening 49 relative to the container frame 47a.
爪部分53b是能够与孔部分(接收装置侧接合部分)33接合的闸板侧接合部分,从而当爪部分53b处于接合位置时接收用于移动第二闸板53的力。特别地,与孔部分33接触的爪部分53b的表面53f是用于接收来自孔部分33的力的力接收部分。The claw portion 53b is a shutter-side engaging portion that is engageable with the hole portion (receiving device-side engaging portion) 33, thereby receiving a force for moving the second shutter 53 when the claw portion 53b is in the engaged position. In particular, a surface 53f of the claw portion 53b that contacts the hole portion 33 is a force receiving portion for receiving the force from the hole portion 33.
当容器框架47a在关闭方向(箭头h的方向)上进一步旋转时,调色剂盒E从显影单元D脱离,如图10的(a)部分和图10的(b)部分所示。When the container frame 47a is further rotated in the closing direction (direction of arrow h), the toner cartridge E is detached from the developing unit D, as shown in parts (a) and (b) of FIG. 10 .
也就是说,已与显影单元D的孔部分33接合的第二闸板53的爪部分53b从容器框架47a径向向内移动,使得表面53e沿着表面47b移动。也就是说,爪部分53b从其与孔部分33接合的接合位置退避并且沿着表面47b移动到退避位置。这是图1的(a)部分和图1的(b)部分所示的状态。That is, the claw portion 53b of the second shutter plate 53, which has been engaged with the hole portion 33 of the developing unit D, moves radially inward from the container frame 47a, so that the surface 53e moves along the surface 47b. In other words, the claw portion 53b retreats from its engagement position with the hole portion 33 and moves along the surface 47b to the retreat position. This is the state shown in part (a) of Figure 1 and part (b) of Figure 1.
更具体地,如上文所述,容器框架47a的外周边具有在表面47b的边界处改变的直径。当表面47b通过容器框架47a的旋转到达爪部分53b的位置时,容器框架47a的半径沿着表面47b逐渐减小。所以,通过容器框架47a弹性地向外变形的臂部分53a的形状得以恢复。也就是说,臂部分53a的弹性变形被释放以允许臂部分53a径向向内地移动。More specifically, as described above, the outer periphery of containment frame 47a has a diameter that changes at the boundary of surface 47b. When surface 47b reaches the position of claw portion 53b due to rotation of containment frame 47a, the radius of containment frame 47a gradually decreases along surface 47b. Therefore, the shape of arm portion 53a, which was elastically deformed outward by containment frame 47a, is restored. In other words, the elastic deformation of arm portion 53a is released, allowing arm portion 53a to move radially inward.
结果,通过臂部分53a(图11的(c)部分)的弹力,爪部分53b从容器框架47a径向向内移动。表面47b是用于引导爪部分53b朝向容器框架47a的内部向内移动的引导部分。也就是说,当第二闸板53从关闭位置移动到打开位置时(当安装调色剂盒E时),表面47b将爪部分53b从退避位置引导到接合位置。相反地,当第二闸板53从打开位置移动到关闭位置时(当拆卸调色剂盒E时),表面47b将爪部分53b从接合位置引导到退避位置。As a result, the claw portion 53b moves radially inward from the container frame 47a due to the elastic force of the arm portion 53a (part (c) of Figure 11). The surface 47b is a guide portion for guiding the claw portion 53b to move inward toward the interior of the container frame 47a. In other words, when the second shutter 53 moves from the closed position to the open position (when the toner cartridge E is installed), the surface 47b guides the claw portion 53b from the retracted position to the engaged position. Conversely, when the second shutter 53 moves from the open position to the closed position (when the toner cartridge E is removed), the surface 47b guides the claw portion 53b from the engaged position to the retracted position.
表面47b构成从容器框架47a径向向内凹入的凹部以提供用于允许爪部分53b通过表面47a从容器框架47a径向向内移动的间隙空间(逃逸部)。也就是说,表面47b是用于允许爪部分53b移动到退避位置的允许部分。The surface 47b constitutes a recessed portion radially inwardly recessed from the container frame 47a to provide a clearance space (escape portion) for allowing the claw portion 53b to move radially inwardly from the container frame 47a through the surface 47a. In other words, the surface 47b is a allowing portion for allowing the claw portion 53b to move to the retreat position.
“从容器框架47a径向向内”是指当第二闸板53相对于容器框架47a旋转时相对于旋转半径的向内。换句话说,“径向向内”是指朝向容器框架47a的内部或者朝向容器框架47a的旋转轴线(中心轴线)。“径向向内”是指朝向设置在容器框架47a内部的第二给送构件46(或其旋转轴线)。"Radially inward from the container frame 47a" refers to the direction inward relative to the radius of rotation when the second shutter plate 53 rotates relative to the container frame 47a. In other words, "radially inward" means toward the interior of the container frame 47a or toward the rotation axis (center axis) of the container frame 47a. "Radially inward" means toward the second feeding member 46 (or its rotation axis) disposed inside the container frame 47a.
通过第二闸板53的爪部分53b从接合位置(图11的(c)部分)移动到退避位置(图1的(b)部分)以从孔部分33脱离,即可在图10的(b)部分中的箭头k的方向上取出调色剂盒E。By moving the claw portion 53b of the second gate plate 53 from the engagement position (part (c) of Figure 11) to the retracted position (part (b) of Figure 1) to disengage from the hole portion 33, the colorant box E can be removed in the direction of the arrow k in part (b) of Figure 10.
在爪部分53b从接合位置移动到退避位置(或者从退避位置移动到接合位置)时沿着容器框架47a的径向方向测量的移动距离不小于1.3mm。由此,确保了在爪部分53b和孔部分33之间的接合状态以及两者之间的脱离状态之间的切换。The moving distance of the claw portion 53b measured along the radial direction of the container frame 47a when the claw portion 53b moves from the engaged position to the retracted position (or vice versa) is not less than 1.3 mm. Thus, switching between the engaged state between the claw portion 53b and the hole portion 33 and the disengaged state therebetween is ensured.
尽管爪部分53b能够在容器框架47a的径向方向(第二闸板53的旋转径向方向)上移动,但是爪部分53b与径向方向平行地移动并不是必须的,而是它可以在与径向方向交叉的方向上移动。Although the claw portion 53b is movable in the radial direction of the container frame 47a (the rotation radial direction of the second shutter 53), the claw portion 53b is not necessarily movable in parallel with the radial direction, but may be movable in a direction intersecting the radial direction.
也就是说,爪部分53b仅仅在径向方向上移动并不是必须的,而是只要爪部分53b至少在径向方向上相对于闸板的主体部分53m移动就足够了。例如,随着爪部分53b在径向方向上的移动,爪部分53b可以在容器框架47a的轴向方向(第二闸板53的旋转轴线方向)上移动。或者,随着爪部分53b在径向方向上的移动,爪部分53b可以在容器框架47a的圆周方向(第二闸板53的旋转移动方向)上相对于闸板的主体部分53m移动。That is, the claw portion 53b does not necessarily need to move only in the radial direction. Instead, it is sufficient that the claw portion 53b moves at least in the radial direction relative to the main body portion 53m of the shutter. For example, as the claw portion 53b moves in the radial direction, the claw portion 53b can move in the axial direction of the container frame 47a (the direction of the rotation axis of the second shutter 53). Alternatively, as the claw portion 53b moves in the radial direction, the claw portion 53b can move relative to the main body portion 53m of the shutter in the circumferential direction of the container frame 47a (the direction of rotational movement of the second shutter 53).
在调色剂盒E被安置在安装位置的状态下,握持构件44相对于容器框架47a的旋转方向布置在穿过旋转轴线且在容器框架47a的旋转轴线的方向上看在插入方向f上延伸的假想线的下游。在该位置,握持构件44接收由用户的操作提供的、用于旋转容器框架47a的力。该位置使得当握持构件44接收在插入方向f上的力时,在容器框架47a相对于显影单元D旋转的方向上产生力矩。When the toner cartridge E is installed in the mounting position, the gripping member 44 is positioned downstream of an imaginary line extending in the insertion direction f, passing through the rotation axis and in the direction of the rotation axis of the container frame 47a, relative to the rotation direction of the container frame 47a. In this position, the gripping member 44 receives a force applied by a user's operation to rotate the container frame 47a. This position generates a moment in the direction in which the container frame 47a rotates relative to the developing unit D when the gripping member 44 receives a force in the insertion direction f.
换句话说,该实施例的调色剂盒E使得当容器框架47a在该位置旋转时,施加到握持构件44的力(图9中的箭头R)包括插入方向f的分力(图9中的箭头Rf)。通过用户在插入时在插入方向f上将力施加到握持构件44,握持构件44在调色剂盒E到达安装位置时接收插入方向f上的力。也就是说,在调色剂盒E到达安装位置时,旋转容器框架47a所需的力的一部分已经施加到握持构件44。所以,通过由用户施加到握持构件44的插入方向f上的压力,在容器框架47a从调色剂盒E插入到安装位置而继续旋转期间,插入方向f上的力也继续施加到握持构件44。In other words, the toner cartridge E of this embodiment is configured so that when the container frame 47a is rotated in this position, the force applied to the gripping member 44 (arrow R in FIG. 9 ) includes a force component in the insertion direction f (arrow Rf in FIG. 9 ). Since the user applies force in the insertion direction f to the gripping member 44 during insertion, the gripping member 44 receives the force in the insertion direction f when the toner cartridge E reaches the installation position. That is, by the time the toner cartridge E reaches the installation position, a portion of the force required to rotate the container frame 47a has already been applied to the gripping member 44. Therefore, due to the pressure applied to the gripping member 44 in the insertion direction f by the user, the force in the insertion direction f continues to be applied to the gripping member 44 while the container frame 47a continues to rotate from the insertion of the toner cartridge E to the installation position.
由此,在包括将调色剂盒E插入到显影单元D中的安装位置和随后由握持住握持构件(手柄)44的用户旋转容器框架47a的一系列安装操作中,从插入操作力到旋转操作力的力的转换是平滑的。所以,用户能够平滑地执行将调色剂盒E插入到显影单元D的插入操作,以及用于第一闸板37和第二闸板53的打开操作,并且因此,显著地改进操作性。Thus, in a series of mounting operations including inserting the toner cartridge E into the mounting position in the developing unit D and then rotating the container frame 47a by the user holding the grip member (handle) 44, the conversion of force from the insertion operation force to the rotation operation force is smooth. Therefore, the user can smoothly perform the insertion operation of inserting the toner cartridge E into the developing unit D and the opening operation for the first shutter 37 and the second shutter 53, and thus, the operability is significantly improved.
在该实施例中,在容器框架47a的旋转轴线的方向上看,当调色剂盒E处于安装位置时,握持构件(手柄)44在比抵接部分42a更远离旋转轴线的位置处接收力。由此,在容器框架47a的旋转中,由于杠杆原理,容器框架47a能够抵抗抵接部分42a与被抵接部分35a和旋转引导件35b之间的滑动阻力而通过相对较小的力进行旋转。这同样适用于抵接部分43a与被抵接部分36a和旋转引导件36b之间的滑动阻力。In this embodiment, when the toner cartridge E is in the installed position, the gripping member (handle) 44 receives force at a position farther from the rotation axis than the abutting portion 42a, as viewed in the direction of the rotation axis of the container frame 47a. Thus, during rotation of the container frame 47a, the lever principle allows the container frame 47a to rotate with relatively little force, resisting the sliding resistance between the abutting portion 42a, the abutted portion 35a, and the rotation guide 35b. The same applies to the sliding resistance between the abutting portion 43a, the abutted portion 36a, and the rotation guide 36b.
在该实施例中,第二闸板53能够围绕容器47(容器框架47a)的圆周旋转。由此,通过调色剂盒E相对于显影单元D(接收装置)的旋转操作即可打开和关闭第二闸板53。在通过调色剂盒E的旋转操作打开和关闭第二闸板53的情况下,打开和关闭第二闸板53所需的空间有利地小于通过调色剂盒E的线性移动打开和关闭第二闸板53的情况下所需的空间。In this embodiment, the second shutter 53 is rotatable around the circumference of the container 47 (container frame 47a). Thus, the second shutter 53 can be opened and closed by rotating the toner cartridge E relative to the developing unit D (receiving device). In the case where the second shutter 53 is opened and closed by rotating the toner cartridge E, the space required for opening and closing the second shutter 53 is advantageously smaller than the space required for opening and closing the second shutter 53 by linear movement of the toner cartridge E.
也就是说,在调色剂盒E相对于显影单元D旋转的情况下,调色剂盒E仅改变姿势,并且调色剂盒E的中心(旋转轴线)相对于显影单元几乎不移位。换句话说,在第二闸板53的打开和关闭操作中,在显影单元D中由调色剂盒E占据的区域几乎不改变。为此,不必在显影单元D中提供用于第二闸板53的打开和关闭的大空间。通过采用该实施例的调色剂盒E,用于接收调色剂盒E的接收装置(显影单元D)和/或包括该接收装置的成像装置能够小型化。That is, when the toner cartridge E rotates relative to the developing unit D, the toner cartridge E only changes its posture, and the center (rotational axis) of the toner cartridge E is hardly displaced relative to the developing unit. In other words, during the opening and closing operation of the second shutter 53, the area occupied by the toner cartridge E in the developing unit D hardly changes. For this reason, it is not necessary to provide a large space in the developing unit D for opening and closing the second shutter 53. By adopting the toner cartridge E of this embodiment, the receiving device (developing unit D) for receiving the toner cartridge E and/or the image forming apparatus including the receiving device can be miniaturized.
另外,第二闸板53的接合部分(爪部分53b)随着调色剂盒E的旋转而移动。也就是说,在调色剂盒E的旋转操作时,接合部分移动到适当的位置。为此,在调色剂盒E的安装和拆卸的过程中,接合部分不会妨碍安装和拆卸。接合部分能够在调色剂盒E的拆卸过程中将打开/关闭构件关闭。In addition, the engaging portion (claw portion 53b) of the second shutter 53 moves as the toner cartridge E rotates. That is, the engaging portion moves to an appropriate position during the rotation operation of the toner cartridge E. Therefore, the engaging portion does not interfere with the installation and removal of the toner cartridge E. The engaging portion can close the opening/closing member during the removal of the toner cartridge E.
另外,通过调色剂盒E的旋转操作,接合部分移动。也就是说,利用调色剂盒E的旋转操作,接合部分移动。为此,不再需要用于将驱动力从装置的主组件传递到调色剂盒以便移动接合部分的机构。由此,能够简化调色剂盒E、显影单元D和成像装置的结构。Furthermore, the engaging portion moves by rotating the toner cartridge E. Specifically, the engaging portion moves by rotating the toner cartridge E. Consequently, a mechanism for transmitting driving force from the main assembly of the apparatus to the toner cartridge to move the engaging portion is no longer necessary. Consequently, the structures of the toner cartridge E, the developing unit D, and the image forming apparatus can be simplified.
(变型例)(Variation)
在前文所述的实施例中,臂部分(支撑部分)53c本身具有能够弹性变形的弹性部分,并且爪部分(接合部分)53b通过臂部分53c本身的弹力从接合位置移动到退避位置。In the aforementioned embodiment, the arm portion (support portion) 53c itself has an elastic portion capable of elastic deformation, and the claw portion (engagement portion) 53b moves from the engagement position to the retreat position by the elastic force of the arm portion 53c itself.
然而,弹性部分可以设置为独立于支撑部分(臂部分53c)和/或接合部分(爪部分53b)的附加构件。例如,臂部分53c(支撑部分)安装在闸板的主体部分53m上从而可滑动和/或可旋转。然后,通过独立于臂部分53c的附加弹性部分(弹性构件)将臂部分53c推压到退避位置。利用这样的结构,即使臂部分53c本身不弹性变形,也可以提供与该实施例相同的效果。将在下文中针对实施例7详细描述这样的结构。However, the elastic portion can be provided as an additional component independent of the supporting portion (arm portion 53c) and/or the engaging portion (claw portion 53b). For example, the arm portion 53c (supporting portion) is mounted on the main body portion 53m of the gate so as to be slidable and/or rotatable. Then, the arm portion 53c is pushed to the retreat position by an additional elastic portion (elastic component) independent of the arm portion 53c. With such a structure, even if the arm portion 53c itself is not elastically deformed, the same effect as that of this embodiment can be provided. Such a structure will be described in detail below for Example 7.
另外,在该实施例中,包括闸板的主体部分53m、臂部分53a和爪部分53b在内的整个第二闸板53由树脂材料一体地模制。然而,可以通过组合独立的构件而构成第二闸板53。例如,金属板簧(金属构件)可以与树脂材料的闸板的主体部分53m相连接,以作为用于闸板侧接合部分的支撑部分。在这样的情况下,优选的是板簧的自由端弯曲以形成闸板侧接合部分(爪部分53b),或者将用作闸板侧接合部分的独立构件固定在板簧的自由端的自由端部分上。In addition, in this embodiment, the entire second gate 53 including the main body portion 53m of the gate, the arm portion 53a and the claw portion 53b is molded integrally from a resin material. However, the second gate 53 can be constructed by combining independent components. For example, a metal leaf spring (metal component) can be connected to the main body portion 53m of the gate of resin material to serve as a supporting portion for the gate side engaging portion. In such a case, it is preferred that the free end of the leaf spring be bent to form the gate side engaging portion (claw portion 53b), or that an independent component serving as the gate side engaging portion be fixed to the free end portion of the free end of the leaf spring.
或者,可以通过组合由树脂材料和/或金属等制成的多个构件而构成臂部分53a。Alternatively, the arm portion 53 a may be configured by combining a plurality of members made of a resin material and/or metal or the like.
<实施例2><Example 2>
(激光束在由把手限定的空间中偏转)(The laser beam is deflected in the space defined by the handle)
根据该实施例,可以节省成像装置的内部空间。According to this embodiment, the internal space of the imaging device can be saved.
参考附图,将描述该实施例。在该实施例的描述中,与前述实施例中相同的附图标记被赋予在该实施例中具有相应功能的元件,并且省略其详细描述。在附图中,为了简化说明而省略了一部分的形状或元件。该实施例中的元件的尺寸、材料、构造、相对位置可以根据装置的结构和/或各种条件适当地修改。所以,本发明不限于该实施例中的具体结构。With reference to the accompanying drawings, this embodiment will be described. In the description of this embodiment, the same reference numerals as in the previous embodiment are given to the elements having corresponding functions in this embodiment, and their detailed description is omitted. In the accompanying drawings, some shapes or elements are omitted to simplify the description. The size, material, construction, and relative position of the elements in this embodiment can be appropriately modified according to the structure of the device and/or various conditions. Therefore, the present invention is not limited to the specific structure in this embodiment.
电子照相式成像装置与上述的实施例相同,并且因此省略其描述。将详细描述显影单元D的调色剂盒接收部分及其周围的结构。The electrophotographic image forming apparatus is the same as that of the above-described embodiment, and therefore, description thereof will be omitted. The structure of the toner cartridge receiving portion of the developing unit D and its surroundings will be described in detail.
图13的(a)部分是示出安置在成像装置A中的调色剂盒E的握持构件44和静电潜像形成操作中的激光束L的光路的位置关系的侧截面图。图13的(b)部分是示出安置在成像装置A中的调色剂盒E的握持构件44和静电潜像形成操作期间激光束的照射范围之间的位置关系的俯视截面图。Part (a) of Figure 13 is a side sectional view showing the positional relationship between the gripping member 44 of the toner cartridge E placed in the image forming apparatus A and the optical path of the laser beam L in the electrostatic latent image forming operation. Part (b) of Figure 13 is a top sectional view showing the positional relationship between the gripping member 44 of the toner cartridge E placed in the image forming apparatus A and the irradiation range of the laser beam during the electrostatic latent image forming operation.
在该实施例中,激光束L(用于在感光鼓16上形成潜像的光束)穿过形成于握持构件44和容器框架47a之间的开口。In this embodiment, the laser beam L (a light beam for forming a latent image on the photosensitive drum 16 ) passes through an opening formed between the grip member 44 and the container frame 47 a .
如图13的(b)部分所示,握持构件44具有由用户握持和操作的操作部分(握持部分)44b,操作部分在调色剂盒E的纵向方向上延伸。其相对的纵向端部通过支撑部分44a固定(一体模制)到容器框架47a。所以,调色剂盒E具有的结构使得在容器框架47a以及与握持构件44的旋转轴线S平行的操作部分44b之间提供空间。在该实施例的成像装置A中,来自激光扫描器1的激光束L穿过在容器框架47a和握持构件44的操作部分44b之间的空间(连通部分)。由此,能够节省装置的内部空间。As shown in part (b) of Figure 13 , the gripping member 44 includes an operating portion (gripping portion) 44b, which is gripped and operated by the user, extending in the longitudinal direction of the toner cartridge E. Its opposite longitudinal ends are fixed (integrally molded) to the container frame 47a via support portions 44a. Therefore, the toner cartridge E has a structure that provides space between the container frame 47a and the operating portion 44b, which is parallel to the rotation axis S of the gripping member 44. In the imaging device A of this embodiment, the laser beam L from the laser scanner 1 passes through the space (communication portion) between the container frame 47a and the operating portion 44b of the gripping member 44. This saves internal space in the device.
如图13的(a)部分所示,握持构件44倾斜到闸板处于打开位置的极限,由此完成安装操作。在该安装完成状态下,握持构件44的操作部分44b不干涉激光束L的光路。如图13的(b)部分所示,握持构件44的支撑部分44a在激光束L于纵向方向上的投影范围(偏转范围)之外的位置处支撑操作部分44b。由此,调色剂盒E能够有效地放置在成像装置A中,而不会降低用户的操作性。所以,能够实现空间节省,并且成像装置A能够小型化。As shown in part (a) of Figure 13 , the gripping member 44 is tilted to the limit where the shutter is in the open position, thereby completing the installation operation. In this installed state, the operating portion 44b of the gripping member 44 does not interfere with the optical path of the laser beam L. As shown in part (b) of Figure 13 , the supporting portion 44a of the gripping member 44 supports the operating portion 44b at a position outside the projection range (deflection range) of the laser beam L in the longitudinal direction. As a result, the colorant cartridge E can be effectively placed in the imaging device A without reducing the user's operability. Therefore, space saving can be achieved, and the imaging device A can be miniaturized.
进一步优选的是,当盒安装在装置上时,操作部分44b的下侧表面与激光束偏转所形成的平面大致平行。更具体地,握持部分的下侧比在把手的基部处接触瓶的周边表面的平面更接近于与激光束平行。换句话说,在将开口侧下表面和相对于安装方向处于上游侧的把手的下表面进行相互比较时,处于下游侧的下表面距瓶的周边表面更远。It is further preferred that, when the cartridge is mounted on the device, the underside surface of the operating portion 44b is substantially parallel to the plane formed by the deflected laser beam. More specifically, the underside of the grip portion is closer to being parallel to the laser beam than the plane contacting the bottle's peripheral surface at the base of the handle. In other words, when comparing the lower surface of the opening side with the lower surface of the handle located upstream relative to the mounting direction, the lower surface located downstream is further from the bottle's peripheral surface.
<实施例3><Example 3>
参考附图,将描述该实施例。在该实施例的描述中,与在上述实施例中相同的附图标记被赋予在该实施例中具有相应功能的元件,并且省略其详细描述。在附图中,为了简化说明而省略了一部分的形状或元件。该实施例中的元件的尺寸、材料、构造、相对位置可以根据装置的结构和/或各种条件适当地修改。所以,本发明不限于该实施例中的具体结构。With reference to the accompanying drawings, this embodiment will be described. In the description of this embodiment, the same reference numerals as in the above-described embodiment are assigned to elements having corresponding functions in this embodiment, and their detailed descriptions are omitted. In the accompanying drawings, some shapes or elements are omitted to simplify the description. The size, material, construction, and relative position of the elements in this embodiment can be appropriately modified according to the structure of the device and/or various conditions. Therefore, the present invention is not limited to the specific structure in this embodiment.
电子照相式成像装置与上述的实施例相同,并且因此省略其描述。将详细描述显影单元D的调色剂盒接收部分及其周围的结构。The electrophotographic image forming apparatus is the same as that of the above-described embodiment, and therefore, description thereof will be omitted. The structure of the toner cartridge receiving portion of the developing unit D and its surroundings will be described in detail.
将详细描述在将调色剂盒E安装到显影单元D或者从显影单元D拆卸调色剂盒E时用于抑制在第二开口(收容构件开口)30和第三开口(容器开口)49之间的连通部分58附近的调色剂t的泄漏的结构。A structure for suppressing leakage of toner t near the communicating portion 58 between the second opening (housing member opening) 30 and the third opening (container opening) 49 when the toner cartridge E is mounted to or removed from the developing unit D will be described in detail.
(显影单元和调色剂盒的简要描述)(Brief description of the developing unit and toner cartridge)
参考图15,将描述能够可拆卸地安装到成像装置A的主组件的调色剂盒E和显影单元D。图15的(a)部分是示意性地示出显影单元D和调色剂盒E分离的状态的侧截面图。图15的(b)部分是示意性地示出调色剂盒E被安装到显影单元D的状态的侧截面图。With reference to Figure 15 , a description will be given of a toner cartridge E and a developing unit D that are detachably mountable to the main assembly of the image forming apparatus A. Part (a) of Figure 15 is a side sectional view schematically showing a state in which the developing unit D and the toner cartridge E are separated. Part (b) of Figure 15 is a side sectional view schematically showing a state in which the toner cartridge E is mounted to the developing unit D.
调色剂盒(显影剂容器)E包括容器框架47a,所述容器框架包括收容调色剂t的第二调色剂收容部分(容器收容室)47t。容器框架47a设置有用于在第二调色剂收容部分47t的内部和外部之间连通的第三开口(容器开口)49。类似地,容器框架47a设置有用于打开和关闭第三开口49的第二闸板(容器闸板)53,第二闸板53能够沿着周边表面移动。在容器框架47a的第二调色剂收容部分47t中,可旋转地支撑第二调色剂给送构件46。第二调色剂给送构件46将被收容在第二调色剂收容部分中的调色剂朝向第三开口49给送并且通过开口49排出调色剂。The toner cartridge (developer container) E includes a container frame 47a, which includes a second toner storage portion (container storage chamber) 47t for storing toner t. The container frame 47a is provided with a third opening (container opening) 49 for communicating between the interior and exterior of the second toner storage portion 47t. Similarly, the container frame 47a is provided with a second shutter (container shutter) 53 for opening and closing the third opening 49, and the second shutter 53 is movable along the peripheral surface. In the second toner storage portion 47t of the container frame 47a, a second toner feeding member 46 is rotatably supported. The second toner feeding member 46 feeds the toner stored in the second toner storage portion toward the third opening 49 and discharges the toner through the opening 49.
包括这些元件的调色剂盒E能够可拆卸地安装到显影单元D。在调色剂盒E安置(安装)在显影单元D上的状态下,容器框架47a能够围绕平行于显影辊轴线方向z的旋转轴线相对于显影单元D(框架35)旋转(相对移动)。The toner cartridge E including these components can be detachably mounted to the developing unit D. In a state where the toner cartridge E is placed (mounted) on the developing unit D, the container frame 47 a can rotate (relatively move) relative to the developing unit D (frame 35 ) about a rotation axis parallel to the developing roller axis direction z.
显影单元(收容构件)D包括作为显影装置的显影辊(显影剂承载构件)24和显影刮刀(管控构件)25。此外,显影辊24和显影刮刀25安装到显影单元D的框架(显影装置框架)35。The developing unit (housing member) D includes a developing roller (developer carrying member) 24 and a developing blade (regulating member) 25 as developing means.
框架35包括收容调色剂t的第一调色剂收容部分(收容构件收容室)28、显影室31、用于在显影室31和第一调色剂收容部分28之间连通的第一开口29、用于在第一调色剂收容部分28的内部和外部之间连通的第二开口(收容构件开口)30。第二开口30设置的位置使得它与安装到显影单元D的调色剂盒E的第三开口49相对。框架35设置有能够打开和关闭第二开口30的可移动第一闸板(收容构件闸板)37。在框架35的第一调色剂收容部分28中,可旋转地支撑第一调色剂给送构件27。显影辊24设置在框架35中,以使其周边表面的一部分暴露于显影室31的内部。The frame 35 includes a first toner storage portion (storage member storage chamber) 28 for storing toner t, a developing chamber 31, a first opening 29 for communicating between the developing chamber 31 and the first toner storage portion 28, and a second opening (storage member opening) 30 for communicating between the interior and exterior of the first toner storage portion 28. The second opening 30 is provided in a position so as to oppose the third opening 49 of the toner cartridge E attached to the developing unit D. The frame 35 is provided with a movable first shutter (storage member shutter) 37 capable of opening and closing the second opening 30. The first toner feeding member 27 is rotatably supported in the first toner storage portion 28 of the frame 35. The developing roller 24 is provided in the frame 35 so that a portion of its peripheral surface is exposed to the interior of the developing chamber 31.
在安装状态下,调色剂盒E和显影单元D通过调色剂盒E的第三开口49和显影单元D的第二开口30构成连通部分58。通过连通部分58,第一调色剂收容部分28和第二调色剂收容部分47t彼此流体连通。在此状态下,被可旋转地支撑在调色剂盒E的第二调色剂收容部分47t中的第二调色剂给送构件46在由箭头u1指示的方向上旋转。由此,收容在调色剂盒E的第二调色剂收容部分47t中的调色剂t通过第三开口49供给到第二调色剂收容部分47t中。通过第三开口49从调色剂盒E给送的调色剂t通过连通部分58和第二开口30供给到显影单元D的第一调色剂收容部分28中。调色剂t通过被可旋转地支撑在第一调色剂收容部分28中的第一调色剂给送构件27在由箭头u2指示的方向上的旋转而通过第一开口29给送到显影室31中。In the installed state, the toner cartridge E and the developing unit D form a communication portion 58 via the third opening 49 of the toner cartridge E and the second opening 30 of the developing unit D. Through the communication portion 58, the first toner storage portion 28 and the second toner storage portion 47t are in fluid communication with each other. In this state, the second toner feeding member 46, rotatably supported in the second toner storage portion 47t of the toner cartridge E, rotates in the direction indicated by arrow u1. As a result, the toner t contained in the second toner storage portion 47t of the toner cartridge E is supplied to the second toner storage portion 47t through the third opening 49. The toner t fed from the toner cartridge E through the third opening 49 is supplied to the first toner storage portion 28 of the developing unit D through the communication portion 58 and the second opening 30. The toner t is fed into the developing chamber 31 through the first opening 29 by the rotation of the first toner feeding member 27, rotatably supported in the first toner storage portion 28, in the direction indicated by arrow u2.
在显影室31中,设置有在其中包括磁辊26的显影辊24。显影辊24通过磁辊26的磁力将显影室31中的调色剂t吸引到显影辊24的表面上。显影刮刀25以预定的接触压力与显影辊24弹性接触。通过显影辊24在由箭头b指示的方向上的旋转,沉积在显影辊24的表面上的调色剂t的量受到管控,并且对调色剂t进行摩擦充电。由此,在显影辊24的表面上形成调色剂层。向显影辊24提供来自于成像装置A(未示出)的电压并且显影辊24在由箭头b指示的方向上旋转,由此将调色剂t供给到感光鼓16的显影区域。由此,调色剂t根据静电潜像而转印到感光鼓16的表面上,从而将静电潜像显影成感光鼓16上的调色剂图像。显影辊24、第一调色剂给送构件27和第二调色剂给送构件46通过从设置在装置的主组件中的诸如马达等这样的动力源(未示出)传递的驱动力而旋转。The developing chamber 31 is provided with a developing roller 24 including a magnetic roller 26. The developing roller 24 attracts the toner t in the developing chamber 31 onto the surface of the developing roller 24 through the magnetic force of the magnetic roller 26. The developing blade 25 elastically contacts the developing roller 24 with a predetermined contact pressure. By rotating the developing roller 24 in the direction indicated by the arrow b, the amount of toner t deposited on the surface of the developing roller 24 is controlled, and the toner t is triboelectrically charged. As a result, a toner layer is formed on the surface of the developing roller 24. A voltage is supplied to the developing roller 24 from the imaging device A (not shown), and the developing roller 24 rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow b, thereby supplying the toner t to the developing area of the photosensitive drum 16. As a result, the toner t is transferred to the surface of the photosensitive drum 16 according to the electrostatic latent image, thereby developing the electrostatic latent image into a toner image on the photosensitive drum 16. The developing roller 24, the first toner feeding member 27 and the second toner feeding member 46 are rotated by a driving force transmitted from a power source (not shown) such as a motor or the like provided in the main assembly of the apparatus.
(显影单元和调色剂盒的闸板结构)(Shutter Structure of Developing Unit and Toner Cartridge)
参考图16、17、18、19和图24的(a)部分以及图24的(b)部分,将描述调色剂盒E和显影单元D的闸板的结构。图16是调色剂盒E的第三开口附近的分解透视图。图17是示出调色剂盒E的闸板的打开和关闭操作的透视图。图17的(a)部分示出了闸板的关闭状态,并且图17的(b)部分示出了闸板的打开状态。图18是显影单元D的第二开口附近的分解透视图。图19是示出显影单元D的闸板的打开和关闭操作的分解透视图。图19的(a)部分示出了闸板的关闭状态,并且图19的(b)部分示出了闸板的打开状态。图24的(a)部分是沿着图16的线A1截取的调色剂盒E的框架48的截面图。图24的(b)部分是沿着图18的线A2截取的显影单元D的框架33的截面图。With reference to Figures 16, 17, 18, 19 and part (a) of Figure 24 and part (b) of Figure 24, the structure of the shutter of the colorant box E and the developing unit D will be described. Figure 16 is an exploded perspective view near the third opening of the colorant box E. Figure 17 is a perspective view showing the opening and closing operation of the shutter of the colorant box E. Part (a) of Figure 17 shows the closed state of the shutter, and part (b) of Figure 17 shows the open state of the shutter. Figure 18 is an exploded perspective view near the second opening of the developing unit D. Figure 19 is an exploded perspective view showing the opening and closing operation of the shutter of the developing unit D. Part (a) of Figure 19 shows the closed state of the shutter, and part (b) of Figure 19 shows the open state of the shutter. Part (a) of Figure 24 is a cross-sectional view of the frame 48 of the colorant box E taken along line A1 of Figure 16. Part (b) of FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional view of the frame 33 of the developing unit D, taken along line A2 of FIG. 18 .
调色剂盒E包括容器框架47a、设置在容器框架47a中的第三开口49、第二密封构件157中的第二闸板53。容器框架47a还包括用于引导第二闸板53的引导部分50a、和引导部分50b。The toner cartridge E includes a container frame 47a, a third opening 49 provided in the container frame 47a, and a second shutter 53 in a second sealing member 157. The container frame 47a further includes a guide portion 50a for guiding the second shutter 53, and a guide portion 50b.
第二闸板53设置有将由设置在容器框架47a上的引导部分50a和引导部分50b引导的被引导部分154a和被引导部分154b。设置在第二闸板53上的被引导部分154a和被引导部分154b插入容器框架47a的外构造部分47a1以及引导部分50a和引导部分50b之间的间隙50a1和间隙50b1中。利用这样的结构,第二闸板53能够在用于打开设置在容器框架47a中的第三开口49的打开状态(容器打开位置,图17的(b)部分)和用于关闭第三开口49的关闭状态(容器关闭位置,图17的(a)部分)之间移动。The second shutter 53 is provided with a guided portion 154a and a guided portion 154b to be guided by the guide portion 50a and the guide portion 50b provided on the container frame 47a. The guided portion 154a and the guided portion 154b provided on the second shutter 53 are inserted into the outer structure portion 47a1 of the container frame 47a and the gap 50a1 and the gap 50b1 between the guide portion 50a and the guide portion 50b. With this structure, the second shutter 53 can move between an open state (container open position, part (b) of Figure 17) for opening the third opening 49 provided in the container frame 47a and a closed state (container closed position, part (a) of Figure 17) for closing the third opening 49.
如图18所示,显影单元D包括框架35、设置在框架35中的第二开口30、第一闸板37和第一密封构件32。如图24的(b)部分所示,框架35设置有用于引导第一闸板37的引导部分34a以及打开和关闭引导部分34b。另外,第一闸板37设有设置在框架35上的引导部分34a、分别将由引导部分34a以及打开和关闭引导部分34b引导的被引导部分37s和被引导部分37t。设置在第一闸板37上的被引导部分37s和被引导部分37t插入框架35的外构造部分35a、35b以及打开和关闭引导部分34a、34b之间的间隙34a1和间隙34b1中。由此,第一闸板37能够在用于打开设置在框架35中的第二开口30的打开状态(收容构件打开位置,图19的(b)部分)和用于关闭第二开口30的关闭状态(收容构件关闭位置,图19的(a)部分)之间移动。As shown in Figure 18, the developing unit D includes a frame 35, a second opening 30 provided in the frame 35, a first shutter 37, and a first sealing member 32. As shown in part (b) of Figure 24, the frame 35 is provided with a guide portion 34a and an opening and closing guide portion 34b for guiding the first shutter 37. In addition, the first shutter 37 is provided with a guide portion 34a provided on the frame 35, and a guided portion 37s and a guided portion 37t to be guided by the guide portion 34a and the opening and closing guide portion 34b, respectively. The guided portion 37s and the guided portion 37t provided on the first shutter 37 are inserted into the gaps 34a1 and 34b1 between the outer structure portions 35a, 35b of the frame 35 and the opening and closing guide portions 34a, 34b. Thus, the first gate 37 is able to move between an open state (housing member open position, part (b) of Figure 19) for opening the second opening 30 set in the frame 35 and a closed state (housing member closed position, part (a) of Figure 19) for closing the second opening 30.
§2.[闸板的打开和关闭操作]§2.[Opening and closing operation of the gate]
将详细描述设置在该实施例的显影单元D和调色剂盒E上的闸板的操作。The operation of the shutter provided on the developing unit D and the toner cartridge E of this embodiment will be described in detail.
图20、21、22、23示出了调色剂盒E和显影单元D的闸板打开/关闭操作。图20是在调色剂盒E与显影单元D接合的状态下在开口周围的结构的示意性截面侧视图;图20的(a)部分示出了开口关闭的状态;图20的(b)部分示出了开口打开的状态。图21是调色剂盒E和显影单元D的透视图。图22是在调色剂盒E与显影单元D接合的状态下的孔部分33L和突起56a、以及孔部分33R和突起56b的示意性截面图。图23是在调色剂盒E与显影单元D接合的状态下的闸板部分的示意性截面侧视图。Figures 20, 21, 22, and 23 illustrate the shutter opening/closing operation of the toner cartridge E and the developer unit D. Figure 20 is a schematic cross-sectional side view of the structure around the opening when the toner cartridge E is engaged with the developer unit D; part (a) of Figure 20 shows the opening closed; part (b) of Figure 20 shows the opening open. Figure 21 is a perspective view of the toner cartridge E and the developer unit D. Figure 22 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the hole portion 33L and the protrusion 56a, and the hole portion 33R and the protrusion 56b, when the toner cartridge E is engaged with the developer unit D. Figure 23 is a schematic cross-sectional side view of the shutter portion when the toner cartridge E is engaged with the developer unit D.
与实施例1类似,第二闸板构件53包括用于关闭第三开口39的主体部分(关闭部分)53m。主体部分53m的相对的端部分分别设置有臂部分(连接部分,支撑部分,弹性部分,可变形部分,可移动部分)56c、56d。它们还设置有由臂部分56c支撑的爪部分(突出部,突起,闸板侧接合部分,被接合部分)56a、由臂部分56d支撑的爪部分(突出部,突起,闸板侧接合部分,被接合部分)56b。Similar to the first embodiment, the second shutter member 53 includes a main body portion (closing portion) 53m for closing the third opening 39. The opposite end portions of the main body portion 53m are respectively provided with arm portions (connecting portion, supporting portion, elastic portion, deformable portion, movable portion) 56c and 56d. They are also provided with a claw portion (protrusion, projection, shutter side engaging portion, engaged portion) 56a supported by the arm portion 56c and a claw portion (protrusion, projection, shutter side engaging portion, engaged portion) 56b supported by the arm portion 56d.
爪部分56a、56b对应于实施例1的爪部分53b,不过结构和功能有一些不同。类似地,臂部分56c、56d对应于实施例1的臂部分53a。下面将描述与实施例1不同的部分。The claw portions 56a, 56b correspond to the claw portion 53b of Embodiment 1, but have some differences in structure and function. Similarly, the arm portions 56c, 56d correspond to the arm portion 53a of Embodiment 1. The portions different from Embodiment 1 will be described below.
如图20的(a)部分所示,在调色剂盒E和显影单元D之间刚接合(安装)之后的状态下,调色剂盒E的第三开口49和显影单元D的第二开口30未彼此相对。当调色剂盒E安装到显影单元D时,调色剂盒E的第二闸板53的突起(容器被接合部分)56a和显影单元D的框架35的孔部分33L彼此相对(接合)。类似地,调色剂盒E的第二闸板53的突起(容器被接合部分)56b和显影单元D的框架35上的孔部分33R彼此相对(接合)。另外,调色剂盒E的容器框架47a的突起(容器接合部分)45a、45b与显影单元D的第一闸板37的孔部分37aL、37aR相对(接合)。As shown in part (a) of Figure 20 , immediately after the toner cartridge E and the developer unit D are engaged (installed), the third opening 49 of the toner cartridge E and the second opening 30 of the developer unit D are not facing each other. When the toner cartridge E is installed in the developer unit D, the protrusion (container engaged portion) 56a of the second shutter 53 of the toner cartridge E and the hole portion 33L of the frame 35 of the developer unit D face each other (engage). Similarly, the protrusion (container engaged portion) 56b of the second shutter 53 of the toner cartridge E and the hole portion 33R of the frame 35 of the developer unit D face each other (engage). In addition, the protrusions (container engaging portions) 45a, 45b of the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E face (engage) the hole portions 37aL, 37aR of the first shutter 37 of the developer unit D.
在实施例1中,在将调色剂盒E插入显影单元D时,第二闸板构件53的爪部分(闸板侧接合部分)53b不进入孔部分33(图1的(a)部分)。更特别地,通过调色剂盒E的容器框架47a的旋转,爪部分53b进入孔部分33以建立接合(图11的(c)部分)。In Embodiment 1, when the toner cartridge E is inserted into the developing unit D, the claw portion (shutter side engagement portion) 53b of the second shutter member 53 does not enter the hole portion 33 (part (a) of FIG. 1 ). More specifically, by the rotation of the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E, the claw portion 53b enters the hole portion 33 to establish engagement (part (c) of FIG. 11 ).
在该实施例中相反地,在调色剂盒E的容器框架47a的旋转之前,第二闸板53的突起(爪部分,闸板侧接合部分)56a、56b进入显影单元D的孔部分33(33R、33L)。In contrast, in this embodiment, before the rotation of the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E, the projections (claw portions, shutter side engaging portions) 56a, 56b of the second shutter 53 enter the hole portions 33 (33R, 33L) of the developing unit D.
闸板侧接合部分(爪部分56a,56b)从显影单元D接收用于将第二闸板53从关闭位置移动到打开位置的力和用于将第二闸板53从打开位置移动到关闭位置的力。这将进一步进行说明。The shutter side engaging portion (claw portions 56a, 56b) receives a force for moving the second shutter 53 from the closed position to the open position and a force for moving the second shutter 53 from the open position to the closed position from the developing unit D. This will be further described.
(打开操作)(Open Operation)
首先,调色剂盒E移动到显影单元D的预定安装位置。通过旋转调色剂盒E,调色剂盒E的第三开口49能够从关闭状态(非连通位置,图17的(a)部分)改变为打开状态(连通位置,图17的(b)部分)。更特别地,如图20所示,用户在由箭头k1指示的方向上围绕点F旋转调色剂盒E的容器框架47a。在此时,当容器框架47a在箭头k1的方向上围绕点F旋转时,第二闸板53的突起56a相对于箭头k1的方向的下游侧表面56a1和孔部分33L相对于箭头k1的方向的下游表面33L1彼此接触。类似地,当容器框架47a在箭头k1的方向上旋转时,突起56b相对于箭头k1的方向的下游侧表面56b1和孔部分33R相对于箭头k1的方向的下游表面33R1彼此接触。所以,当调色剂盒E的容器框架47a在箭头k1的方向上旋转时,第二闸板53不移动,原因是它受到显影单元D的框架35的孔部分33L和孔部分33R的管控。结果,调色剂盒E的容器框架47a和第二闸板53相对于彼此移动,使得容器框架47a的第三开口49不被第二闸板53覆盖。First, the toner cartridge E is moved to a predetermined installation position within the developer unit D. By rotating the toner cartridge E, the third opening 49 of the toner cartridge E can be changed from a closed position (non-communication position, Figure 17(a)) to an open position (communication position, Figure 17(b)). More specifically, as shown in Figure 20, the user rotates the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E about point F in the direction indicated by arrow k1. At this point, as the container frame 47a rotates about point F in the direction of arrow k1, the downstream side surface 56a1 of the protrusion 56a of the second shutter 53, which is in the direction of arrow k1, and the downstream surface 33L1 of the hole portion 33L, which is in the direction of arrow k1, come into contact with each other. Similarly, as the container frame 47a rotates in the direction of arrow k1, the downstream side surface 56b1 of the protrusion 56b, which is in the direction of arrow k1, and the downstream surface 33R1 of the hole portion 33R, which is in the direction of arrow k1, come into contact with each other. Therefore, when the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E rotates in the direction of the arrow k1, the second shutter 53 does not move because it is regulated by the hole portion 33L and the hole portion 33R of the frame 35 of the developing unit D. As a result, the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E and the second shutter 53 move relative to each other so that the third opening 49 of the container frame 47a is not covered by the second shutter 53.
也就是说,通过第二闸板53的爪部分56a、56b接收来自显影单元的孔部分33(33L、33R)的力,第二闸板53相对于容器框架47a移动。换句话说,利用由爪部分56a、56b接收的力,第二闸板53从第三开口49的至少一部分打开的打开位置旋转到第三开口49基本关闭的关闭位置。That is, the second shutter 53 moves relative to the container frame 47a by receiving the force from the hole portion 33 (33L, 33R) of the developing unit by the claw portions 56a, 56b of the second shutter 53. In other words, the second shutter 53 rotates from the open position where at least a portion of the third opening 49 is opened to the closed position where the third opening 49 is substantially closed by the force received by the claw portions 56a, 56b.
如图23所示,容器框架47a在箭头k1的方向上围绕点F旋转。随着该旋转,容器框架47a的突起45a相对于箭头k1的方向的下游表面45a1在由箭头c1指示的方向上推动第一闸板37的孔部分37aL相对于箭头k1的方向的下游表面37aL1。类似地,容器框架47a的突起45b相对于箭头k1的方向的下游表面45b1在由箭头c1指示的方向上推动第一闸板37的孔部分37aR的下游表面37aR1。所以,随着调色剂盒E的容器框架47a在箭头k1的方向上围绕点F的旋转,显影单元D的第一闸板37相对于框架35在箭头c1的方向上移动,由此打开第二开口30(图20的(b)部分)。As shown in FIG23 , the container frame 47a rotates in the direction of arrow k1 about point F. With this rotation, the downstream surface 45a1 of the projection 45a of the container frame 47a, which is in the direction of arrow k1, pushes the downstream surface 37aL1 of the hole portion 37aL of the first shutter 37 in the direction of arrow k1. Similarly, the downstream surface 45b1 of the projection 45b of the container frame 47a, which is in the direction of arrow k1, pushes the downstream surface 37aR1 of the hole portion 37aR of the first shutter 37 in the direction of arrow c1. Therefore, as the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E rotates in the direction of arrow k1 about point F, the first shutter 37 of the developing unit D moves in the direction of arrow c1 relative to the frame 35, thereby opening the second opening 30 (part (b) of FIG20 ).
因此,随着调色剂盒E的容器框架47a在箭头k1的方向上的旋转移位,第一闸板37将显影单元D的第二开口30从关闭状态改变为打开状态。如图20的(b)部分所示,显影单元D的第一调色剂收容部分28和调色剂盒E的第二调色剂收容部分47t通过由第二开口30的一部分和第三开口49提供的连通部分58彼此流体连通。由此,调色剂t可以从调色剂盒E的第二调色剂收容部分47t供给到显影单元D的第一调色剂收容部分28中。Therefore, as the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E rotates and shifts in the direction of arrow k1, the first shutter 37 changes the second opening 30 of the developing unit D from a closed state to an open state. As shown in part (b) of Figure 20, the first toner storage portion 28 of the developing unit D and the second toner storage portion 47t of the toner cartridge E are in fluid communication with each other via a communication portion 58 provided by a portion of the second opening 30 and the third opening 49. As a result, toner t can be supplied from the second toner storage portion 47t of the toner cartridge E to the first toner storage portion 28 of the developing unit D.
如图27所示,通过调色剂盒E的容器框架47a的旋转,容器框架47a的表面47b上的点Q接触到爪部分56a、56b以推动(推压)它们。通过由爪部分56a、56b从点Q接收的力,臂部分56c、56d从容器框架47a径向向外变形。然后,由臂部分56c支撑的突起56a和由臂部分56d支撑的突起56b分别深入孔部分33L、33R。在此状态下,爪部分56a、56b已移动到它们与孔部分33L、33R接合的接合位置。也就是说,爪部分56a、56b由表面47b保持在接合位置。As shown in Figure 27, by the rotation of the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E, the point Q on the surface 47b of the container frame 47a contacts the claw portions 56a, 56b to push (press) them. Due to the force received by the claw portions 56a, 56b from the point Q, the arm portions 56c, 56d are deformed radially outward from the container frame 47a. Then, the protrusion 56a supported by the arm portion 56c and the protrusion 56b supported by the arm portion 56d respectively penetrate into the hole portions 33L, 33R. In this state, the claw portions 56a, 56b have moved to the engagement position where they engage with the hole portions 33L, 33R. In other words, the claw portions 56a, 56b are held in the engagement position by the surface 47b.
图24的(c)部分是沿着图20的(b)部分的线A3截取的截面图,其中显影单元D的第二开口30和调色剂盒E的第三开口49彼此流体连通。随着调色剂盒E的容器框架47a在由箭头k1指示的方向上的旋转的进行,容器框架47a的引导部分50a、50b插入显影单元D的框架35的间隙34a1、34b1中,如图24的(c)部分所示。另外,显影单元D的框架35的打开和关闭引导部分34a、34b进入调色剂盒E的容器框架47a的间隙50a1、50b1。由此,当显影单元D的第二开口30和调色剂盒E的第三开口49彼此流体连通时,防止调色剂盒E在箭头q1的方向上移动(图20的(b)部分,图24的(c)部分)。换句话说,在显影单元D的第二开口30和调色剂盒E的第三开口49彼此流体连通的状态下,显影单元D和调色剂盒E不彼此分离。Part (c) of Figure 24 is a cross-sectional view taken along line A3 of part (b) of Figure 20 , showing the second opening 30 of the developer unit D and the third opening 49 of the toner cartridge E in fluid communication with each other. As the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E rotates in the direction indicated by arrow k1, the guide portions 50a, 50b of the container frame 47a are inserted into the gaps 34a1, 34b1 of the frame 35 of the developer unit D, as shown in part (c) of Figure 24 . Furthermore, the opening and closing guide portions 34a, 34b of the frame 35 of the developer unit D enter the gaps 50a1, 50b1 of the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E. Thus, while the second opening 30 of the developer unit D and the third opening 49 of the toner cartridge E are in fluid communication with each other, the toner cartridge E is prevented from moving in the direction of arrow q1 (part (b) of Figure 20 , part (c) of Figure 24 ). In other words, in a state in which the second opening 30 of the developing unit D and the third opening 49 of the toner cartridge E are in fluid communication with each other, the developing unit D and the toner cartridge E are not separated from each other.
(关闭操作)(Close operation)
用于将显影单元D的第二开口30和调色剂盒E的第三开口49之间的关系从流体连通状态(图20的(b)部分)改变为关闭状态(图20的(a)部分)的关闭操作与打开操作相反。也就是说,当用户在与将第一闸板37和第二闸板53移动到打开状态的情形相反的方向上操作时,调色剂盒E的容器框架47a在由箭头k2指示的方向上围绕点F旋转(图20的(b)部分)。在此时,如图23所示,调色剂盒E的容器框架47a的突起45a和显影单元D的第一闸板37的孔部分37aL彼此接合。类似地,调色剂盒E的容器框架47a的突起45b和显影单元D的第一闸板37的孔部分37aR彼此接合。The closing operation for changing the relationship between the second opening 30 of the developing unit D and the third opening 49 of the toner cartridge E from a fluid communication state (part (b) of FIG. 20 ) to a closed state (part (a) of FIG. 20 ) is the opposite of the opening operation. That is, when the user operates in a direction opposite to the direction in which the first shutter 37 and the second shutter 53 are moved to the open state, the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow k2 about the point F (part (b) of FIG. 20 ). At this time, as shown in FIG. 23 , the protrusion 45a of the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E and the hole portion 37aL of the first shutter 37 of the developing unit D engage with each other. Similarly, the protrusion 45b of the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E and the hole portion 37aR of the first shutter 37 of the developing unit D engage with each other.
所以,随着调色剂盒E的容器框架47a在箭头k2的方向上围绕点F旋转,突起45a相对于箭头k2的方向的下游侧表面45a2在由箭头c2指示的方向上推动第一闸板37相对于箭头k2的方向的下游表面37aL2。另外,突起45b相对于箭头k2的方向的下游侧表面45b2在由箭头c2指示的方向上推动第一闸板37的孔部分37aR相对于箭头k2的方向的下游表面37aR2。所以,显影单元D的第一闸板37在箭头c2的方向上移动。Therefore, as the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E rotates in the direction of arrow k2 about point F, the downstream side surface 45a2 of the protrusion 45a relative to the direction of arrow k2 pushes the downstream surface 37aL2 of the first shutter 37 relative to the direction of arrow k2 in the direction indicated by arrow c2. In addition, the downstream side surface 45b2 of the protrusion 45b relative to the direction of arrow k2 pushes the downstream surface 37aR2 of the hole portion 37aR of the first shutter 37 relative to the direction of arrow k2 in the direction indicated by arrow c2. Therefore, the first shutter 37 of the developing unit D moves in the direction of arrow c2.
以该方式,显影单元D的第一闸板37将第二开口30从打开状态改变为关闭状态(图14的(d)部分,图20的(a)部分)。另外,在此时,调色剂盒E的第二闸板53关闭第三开口49,正如下文所述。In this way, the first shutter 37 of the developing unit D changes the second opening 30 from the open state to the closed state (part (d) of Figure 14, part (a) of Figure 20). In addition, at this time, the second shutter 53 of the toner cartridge E closes the third opening 49, as will be described below.
当调色剂盒E的容器框架47a在箭头k2的方向上围绕点F旋转时,第二闸板57的突起56a与显影单元D的孔部分33L接合。第二闸板57的突起56b与显影单元D的孔部分33R接合。通过突起56a和突起56b与孔部分33L、33R接合,第二闸板57在容器框架47a旋转时不移动。所以,容器框架47a的第三开口49移动到与第二闸板57相对的位置以关闭第三开口49。When the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E rotates in the direction of arrow k2 about point F, the protrusion 56a of the second shutter 57 engages with the hole portion 33L of the developing unit D. The protrusion 56b of the second shutter 57 engages with the hole portion 33R of the developing unit D. Due to the engagement of the protrusions 56a and 56b with the hole portions 33L and 33R, the second shutter 57 does not move when the container frame 47a rotates. Therefore, the third opening 49 of the container frame 47a moves to a position opposite to the second shutter 57 to close the third opening 49.
第二闸板53的突起56a和突起56b是要与孔部分33L、33R接合以接收用于将第二闸板57移动到关闭位置的力的闸板侧接合部分(力接收部分)。也就是说,突起56a、56b与孔部分33L、33R接合(钩连)并且接收来自孔部分33L、33R的力,由此管控第二闸板57的移动以相对于容器框架47a移动第二闸板57。换句话说,通过第二闸板53沿着容器框架47a的外周边的旋转,第三开口49从第三开口49至少部分打开的打开位置移动到第三开口49基本上关闭的关闭位置。The protrusions 56a and 56b of the second shutter 53 are shutter-side engaging portions (force receiving portions) that engage with the hole portions 33L, 33R to receive the force used to move the second shutter 57 to the closed position. That is, the protrusions 56a, 56b engage (hook) with the hole portions 33L, 33R and receive force from the hole portions 33L, 33R, thereby regulating the movement of the second shutter 57 to move the second shutter 57 relative to the container frame 47a. In other words, by rotating the second shutter 53 along the outer periphery of the container frame 47a, the third opening 49 moves from an open position, in which the third opening 49 is at least partially open, to a closed position, in which the third opening 49 is substantially closed.
以该方式,容器框架47a相对于第二闸板57旋转,并且在第三开口49由第二闸板57关闭时,表面47b的点Q从突起56a、56b分离。表面47b在点Q处形成台阶,并且因此当点Q从突起56a分离时,臂56c的弹性变形得以从表面47b释放,并且因此,突起56a的一部分从孔部分33L退避。也就是说,通过臂56c的弹力,突起56a从接合位置移动到退避位置。In this manner, the container frame 47a rotates relative to the second shutter 57, and when the third opening 49 is closed by the second shutter 57, point Q of the surface 47b separates from the protrusions 56a, 56b. Surface 47b forms a step at point Q, and therefore, when point Q separates from protrusion 56a, the elastic deformation of arm 56c is released from surface 47b, and as a result, a portion of protrusion 56a retracts from hole portion 33L. In other words, the elastic force of arm 56c causes protrusion 56a to move from the engaged position to the retracted position.
即使突起56a移动到退避位置,突起56a的一部分也仍然在孔部分33L中。然而,突起56a进入孔部分33L中的程度减小。所以,当用户将调色剂盒E从显影单元D中取出时,突起56a能够从孔部分33L平滑地脱离。Even when the protrusion 56a moves to the retracted position, a portion of the protrusion 56a remains in the hole portion 33L. However, the extent to which the protrusion 56a enters the hole portion 33L is reduced. Therefore, when the user removes the toner cartridge E from the developing unit D, the protrusion 56a can be smoothly disengaged from the hole portion 33L.
类似地,当点Q从突起56b分离时,通过表面47b实现的臂56d的弹性变形被释放,使得突起56b的一部分从孔部分33R退避。也就是说,通过臂56d的弹力,突起56b从接合位置移动到退避位置。Similarly, when point Q is separated from projection 56b, the elastic deformation of arm 56d by surface 47b is released, so that a portion of projection 56b retreats from hole portion 33R. That is, projection 56b moves from the engagement position to the retreat position by the elastic force of arm 56d.
即使爪部分56a移动到退避位置,突起56a的一部分也仍然在孔部分33L中。然而,突起56a进入孔部分33L中的程度减小。所以,当用户将调色剂盒E从显影单元D中取出时,突起56a能够从孔部分33L平滑地脱离。Even when the claw portion 56a moves to the retracted position, a portion of the protrusion 56a remains in the hole portion 33L. However, the extent to which the protrusion 56a enters the hole portion 33L is reduced. Therefore, when the user removes the toner cartridge E from the developing unit D, the protrusion 56a can be smoothly disengaged from the hole portion 33L.
由此,突起56a、56b不阻碍调色剂盒E的拆卸。突起56a和突起56b沿着容器框架47a的表面47b在接合位置和退避位置之间移动。换句话说,当第二闸板47移动到打开位置时,表面47b用作用于将突起56a、56b从退避位置引导到接合位置的引导部分。另外,当第二闸板47移动到关闭位置时,表面47b用于将突起56a和突起56b从接合位置引导到退避位置。Thus, the protrusions 56a and 56b do not hinder the removal of the toner cartridge E. The protrusions 56a and 56b move between the engaged position and the retracted position along the surface 47b of the container frame 47a. In other words, when the second shutter 47 is moved to the open position, the surface 47b serves as a guide portion for guiding the protrusions 56a and 56b from the retracted position to the engaged position. Furthermore, when the second shutter 47 is moved to the closed position, the surface 47b serves to guide the protrusions 56a and 56b from the engaged position to the retracted position.
在该实施例中,即使闸板侧接合部分(爪部分56a、56b)从接合位置移动到退避位置,闸板侧接合部分和接收装置侧接合部分(孔部分33L、33R)之间的接合也不会完全释放。然而,通过闸板侧接合部分移动到退避位置,脱离操作就容易进行。In this embodiment, even if the shutter-side engaging portion (claw portions 56a, 56b) moves from the engaging position to the retreat position, the engagement between the shutter-side engaging portion and the receiver-side engaging portion (hole portions 33L, 33R) is not completely released. However, by moving the shutter-side engaging portion to the retreat position, the disengagement operation is easily performed.
§3.[闸板关闭时的调色剂泄漏抑制]§3. [Toner leakage suppression when the shutter is closed]
将详细描述在开口附近的调色剂盒E和显影单元D的结构和关系。另外,还将详细描述当移除调色剂盒E时滞留在调色剂盒E和显影单元D的开口中的调色剂的行为。The structure and relationship of the toner cartridge E and the developing unit D near the opening will be described in detail. In addition, the behavior of the toner remaining in the openings of the toner cartridge E and the developing unit D when the toner cartridge E is removed will also be described in detail.
(调色剂收集操作)(Toner collecting operation)
参考图14,将描述随着闸板关闭操作而将调色剂t收集到调色剂收容部分中的收集操作。图14是示意性地示出该实施例中的显影单元D和调色剂盒E之间的连通部分58周围的结构的截面图。图14的(a)部分示出了第二开口30和第三开口49互相对准的状态。在此状态下,显影单元D的第一调色剂收容部分28和调色剂盒E的第二调色剂收容部分47t通过连通部分58彼此流体连通。在这样的连通状态下,调色剂t能够从调色剂盒E给送到显影单元D中。With reference to Figure 14, the collection operation of collecting the toner t into the toner storage portion in conjunction with the shutter closing operation will be described. Figure 14 is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating the structure around the communication portion 58 between the developing unit D and the toner cartridge E in this embodiment. Part (a) of Figure 14 shows a state in which the second opening 30 and the third opening 49 are aligned with each other. In this state, the first toner storage portion 28 of the developing unit D and the second toner storage portion 47t of the toner cartridge E are in fluid communication with each other via the communication portion 58. In this connected state, the toner t can be fed from the toner cartridge E to the developing unit D.
图14的(b)部分示出了容器框架47a已从图14的(a)部分所示的状态相对于框架35旋转的状态。在此状态下,第二开口30和第三开口49彼此重叠的区域较小。图14的(c)部分示出了容器框架47a已从图14的(b)部分所示的状态相对于框架35旋转的状态。在此状态下,第二开口30和第三开口49彼此不重叠,由此将连通部分58关闭。在此状态下,第一闸板37不完全关闭第二开口30。类似地,第二闸板53不完全关闭第三开口49。Part (b) of Figure 14 shows a state in which the container frame 47a has been rotated relative to the frame 35 from the state shown in part (a) of Figure 14. In this state, the area in which the second opening 30 and the third opening 49 overlap with each other is small. Part (c) of Figure 14 shows a state in which the container frame 47a has been rotated relative to the frame 35 from the state shown in part (b) of Figure 14. In this state, the second opening 30 and the third opening 49 do not overlap with each other, thereby closing the communicating portion 58. In this state, the first gate 37 does not completely close the second opening 30. Similarly, the second gate 53 does not completely close the third opening 49.
图14的(d)部分示出了容器框架47a已从图14的(c)部分所示的状态相对于框架35旋转的状态。在此状态下,第一闸板37和第二闸板53分别完全关闭第二开口30和第三开口49。在此状态下,能够从显影单元D移除调色剂盒E。Part (d) of Figure 14 shows a state in which the container frame 47a has been rotated relative to the frame 35 from the state shown in part (c) of Figure 14. In this state, the first shutter 37 and the second shutter 53 completely close the second opening 30 and the third opening 49, respectively. In this state, the toner cartridge E can be removed from the developing unit D.
如图14的(a)部分和图26所示,在该实施例中,收集部分30a相对于关闭方向(箭头c2)设置在用于第二开口30的第一闸板37的下游的位置。图26是示出从第一调色剂收容部分28侧看到的连通部分58的示意图。如图14的(a)部分和图26所示,在容器框架47a的位移方向k2(第一闸板37的移动方向c2)上测量的第三开口49的宽度小于第二开口30的宽度。在图14的(a)部分所示的连通部分58的开口中,由容器框架47a的旋转操作提供的第三开口49相对于第二开口30的移动方向被称为“位移方向”。第三开口49相对于位移方向的下游端部分在第二开口30的下游端的上游。也就是说,当通过连通部分58给送和供给调色剂t时,由连通部分58中的第二开口30限定的空间区域相对于由第三开口49限定的空间区域在反重力方向上敞开。通过借助第二开口30和第三开口49之间的尺寸差异向连通部分58的第二开口30侧扩张而提供的空间是收集部分30a。As shown in FIG. 14(a) and FIG. 26 , in this embodiment, the collecting portion 30a is positioned downstream of the first shutter 37 for the second opening 30 relative to the closing direction (arrow c2). FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram illustrating the communication portion 58 as viewed from the first toner storage portion 28. As shown in FIG. 14(a) and FIG. 26 , the width of the third opening 49, measured in the displacement direction k2 of the container frame 47a (the movement direction c2 of the first shutter 37), is smaller than the width of the second opening 30. In the opening of the communication portion 58 shown in FIG. 14(a), the movement direction of the third opening 49 relative to the second opening 30, provided by the rotation of the container frame 47a, is referred to as the "displacement direction." The downstream end portion of the third opening 49 relative to the displacement direction is upstream of the downstream end of the second opening 30. That is, when toner t is fed and supplied through the communication portion 58, the spatial region defined by the second opening 30 in the communication portion 58 is open in the direction counter to gravity relative to the spatial region defined by the third opening 49. A space provided by expanding toward the second opening 30 side of the communication portion 58 by virtue of the size difference between the second opening 30 and the third opening 49 is the collecting portion 30 a.
另外,调色剂盒E的框架的第三开口49下方的上游表面(上游侧端部分)49a倾斜,以使得显影单元D的第二开口30处于下方位置。即上游表面49a是在第三开口49的端表面中的面向箭头u1的方向(容器框架47a的旋转移动方向)的表面区域,并且其第一调色剂收容部分28(第二开口30)侧相对于重力方向G低于第二调色剂收容部分47侧。Furthermore, the upstream surface (upstream side end portion) 49a below the third opening 49 of the frame of the toner cartridge E is inclined so that the second opening 30 of the developing unit D is located in a downward position. That is, the upstream surface 49a is a surface area facing the direction of arrow u1 (the rotational movement direction of the container frame 47a) among the end surfaces of the third opening 49, and the first toner storage portion 28 (second opening 30) side thereof is lower than the second toner storage portion 47 side with respect to the direction of gravity G.
如图14的(a)部分所示,设想供给状态,其中,在将调色剂从第二调色剂收容部分47t供给到第一调色剂收容部分28中期间,调色剂被(相对于重力方向G向上)填充到连通部分58中的第三开口49的高度。从第二调色剂收容部分47t通过连通部分58供给到第一调色剂收容部分28中的调色剂t通过连通部分58在从第三开口49到第二开口30的方向上移动。所以,界面的高度由低于第二开口30的第三开口49管控。如图15的(b)部分所示,当到达第三开口49时,在调色剂盒E中在由箭头u1指示的方向上旋转的第二调色剂给送构件46在与重力方向G相反的、由箭头ua1指示的方向上给送调色剂t。如果第三开口49没有填充调色剂t,则由第二调色剂给送构件46给送到第三开口49的调色剂t沿着朝向调色剂收容室28向下倾斜的上游侧表面49a供给到显影单元D中。也就是说,调色剂盒E的第二调色剂给送构件46将调色剂t上舀到第三开口30,但是不将调色剂装填到显影单元D中。所以,当调色剂t将第三开口49充满时,即使第二调色剂给送构件46旋转,调色剂t也不从第二调色剂收容室47t供给到第一调色剂收容室28。另外,收集部分30a相对于重力方向G布置在第三开口49的上游(上方)。为此,在收集部分30a中不存在调色剂t。As shown in FIG. 14( a ), a supply state is assumed in which, during toner supply from the second toner storage portion 47 t to the first toner storage portion 28, the toner is filled (upward relative to the direction of gravity G) to the height of the third opening 49 in the communication portion 58. The toner t supplied from the second toner storage portion 47 t to the first toner storage portion 28 through the communication portion 58 moves from the third opening 49 to the second opening 30 through the communication portion 58. Therefore, the height of the interface is controlled by the third opening 49 being lower than the second opening 30. As shown in FIG. 15( b ), upon reaching the third opening 49, the second toner feeding member 46 in the toner cartridge E, rotating in the direction indicated by arrow u1, feeds the toner t in the direction indicated by arrow ua1, which is opposite to the direction of gravity G. If the third opening 49 is not filled with toner t, the toner t fed to the third opening 49 by the second toner feeding member 46 is fed into the developing unit D along the upstream side surface 49a, which slopes downward toward the toner storage chamber 28. In other words, the second toner feeding member 46 of the toner cartridge E scoops the toner t up to the third opening 30 but does not load the toner into the developing unit D. Therefore, when the third opening 49 is filled with toner t, even if the second toner feeding member 46 rotates, the toner t is not fed from the second toner storage chamber 47t to the first toner storage chamber 28. Furthermore, the collecting portion 30a is positioned upstream (above) the third opening 49 with respect to the direction of gravity G. Therefore, no toner t remains in the collecting portion 30a.
如图14的(a)部分所示,调色剂盒E的容器框架47a在箭头k2的方向上移动(第一闸板37在箭头c2的方向上移动)以将第二开口30和第三开口49的状态从打开状态改变为关闭状态(非流体连通状态)。在此时,调色剂盒E的容器框架47a的第三开口49相对于容器框架47a的移动方向(箭头k2)的上游表面49a随着容器框架47a的移动在箭头k2的方向上向上移动,同时收集存在于连通部分58中的调色剂t。随着调色剂盒E的容器框架47a的移动,第三开口49的上游表面49a达到与第二开口30的收集部分30a相同的高度水平,如图14的(b)部分所示。在此时,该高度水平高于在图14的(a)部分所示的流体连通状态下由与第三开口49的上游表面49a相对的下游表面管控的调色剂的界面的高度。如图14的(b)部分所示,在该高度位置,第三开口49的上游表面49a在通过组合平行于重力方向G的箭头gy和垂直于箭头gy的箭头x并且在从第二调色剂收容部分47t朝向第一调色剂收容部分28的方向上延伸而提供的、由箭头g指示的方向上倾斜。所以,通过上游表面49a的该倾斜,由第三开口49的上游表面49a收集起来的调色剂t通过收集部分30a移动并收容到第一调色剂收容部分28中,所述收集部分30a处于设置在第二开口30中的调色剂界面上方的空间中。As shown in FIG. 14(a), the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E moves in the direction of arrow k2 (the first shutter 37 moves in the direction of arrow c2) to change the state of the second opening 30 and the third opening 49 from an open state to a closed state (a non-fluid communication state). At this time, the upstream surface 49a of the third opening 49 of the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E relative to the direction of movement of the container frame 47a (arrow k2) moves upward in the direction of arrow k2 as the container frame 47a moves, collecting the toner t present in the communication portion 58. As the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E moves, the upstream surface 49a of the third opening 49 reaches the same height as the collecting portion 30a of the second opening 30, as shown in FIG. 14(b). At this time, this height is higher than the height of the toner interface controlled by the downstream surface opposite the upstream surface 49a of the third opening 49 in the fluid communication state shown in FIG. 14(a). As shown in part (b) of FIG. 14 , at this height position, the upstream surface 49 a of the third opening 49 is inclined in a direction indicated by an arrow g provided by a combination of an arrow gy parallel to the direction of gravity G and an arrow x perpendicular to the arrow gy and extending in a direction from the second toner storing portion 47 t toward the first toner storing portion 28. Therefore, by this inclination of the upstream surface 49 a, the toner t collected by the upstream surface 49 a of the third opening 49 moves through the collecting portion 30 a in the space above the toner interface provided in the second opening 30 and is stored in the first toner storing portion 28.
在上游表面49a移动超过收集部分30a的高度并且到达第一密封构件32附近之前,由第三开口49的上游表面49a收集的调色剂t进入收集部分30a。然后,调色剂t被收集到第一调色剂收容部分28中(图14的(c)部分)。所以,能够抑制调色剂t在密封构件32的表面32a上的沉积。也就是说,能够防止调色剂t进入设置在显影单元D上的第一密封构件32和调色剂盒E的容器框架47a之间。Before the upstream surface 49a moves above the height of the collecting portion 30a and reaches the vicinity of the first sealing member 32, the toner t collected by the upstream surface 49a of the third opening 49 enters the collecting portion 30a. The toner t is then collected in the first toner storage portion 28 (part (c) of Figure 14). Therefore, it is possible to suppress the deposition of the toner t on the surface 32a of the sealing member 32. In other words, it is possible to prevent the toner t from entering between the first sealing member 32 provided on the developing unit D and the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E.
作为参考,图25示出了不具有收集部分30a的显影单元D1和能够与其一起使用的调色剂盒E1。显影单元D1设置有由显影装置框架935限定的第二开口930,并且调色剂盒E1设置有由框架947a限定的第三开口949。第二开口930和第三开口949的尺寸和构造基本相同。通过框架947a,提供调色剂收容部分947t。For reference, FIG25 shows a developing unit D1 without a collecting portion 30a and a toner cartridge E1 usable therewith. The developing unit D1 is provided with a second opening 930 defined by a developing device frame 935, and the toner cartridge E1 is provided with a third opening 949 defined by a frame 947a. The second opening 930 and the third opening 949 are substantially identical in size and configuration. A toner storage portion 947t is provided by the frame 947a.
如图25的(a)部分所示,当容器框架947a在调色剂t填充连通部分958的该状态下围绕轴线F1旋转时,调色剂不能通过连通部分958,并且可能会滞留在第三开口949的上游表面949a上(图25的(b)部分)。As shown in part (a) of Figure 25, when the container frame 947a rotates around the axis F1 in this state in which the colorant t fills the connecting portion 958, the colorant cannot pass through the connecting portion 958 and may be retained on the upstream surface 949a of the third opening 949 (part (b) of Figure 25).
在这样的情况下,如图25的(c)部分所示,在第一闸板937和第二闸板953关闭相应的开口的状态下,调色剂沉积在密封构件932的表面上。当从显影单元D1移除调色剂盒E1时,沉积在密封构件932上的调色剂ta可能会泄漏到显影单元D1和/或调色剂盒E1的外部(图25的(d)部分)。In such a case, as shown in part (c) of Figure 25 , in a state where the first shutter 937 and the second shutter 953 close the corresponding openings, toner is deposited on the surface of the sealing member 932. When the toner cartridge E1 is removed from the developing unit D1, the toner TA deposited on the sealing member 932 may leak to the outside of the developing unit D1 and/or the toner cartridge E1 (part (d) of Figure 25 ).
相反地,根据该实施例,采用收集部分30a,并且因此能够防止调色剂的这样的泄漏。更特别地,通过调色剂盒E的容器框架47a在箭头k2的方向上的旋转,调色剂t在方向k2上移动。由此,能够抑制调色剂泄漏到显影单元D的框架35和调色剂盒E的容器框架47a的外部。In contrast, according to this embodiment, the collecting portion 30a is employed, and thus, such leakage of toner can be prevented. More specifically, by rotating the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E in the direction of arrow k2, the toner t moves in the direction k2. Thus, leakage of toner outside the frame 35 of the developing unit D and the container frame 47a of the toner cartridge E can be suppressed.
如图14的(d)部分所示,在第二开口30和第三开口49变得彼此不重叠之后,第三开口49和第二开口30分别由第二闸板53和第一闸板37关闭。As shown in part (d) of FIG. 14 , after the second opening 30 and the third opening 49 become non-overlapping with each other, the third opening 49 and the second opening 30 are closed by the second shutter 53 and the first shutter 37 , respectively.
如上文所述,根据该实施例,在垂直于闸板的移动方向的方向上看,第二开口相对于闸板的移动方向朝向下游比第三开口宽,由此当开口关闭时能够防止调色剂泄漏到开口部分的外部。由此,不必在密封构件上设置用于截留调色剂的截留部分(凹部)。所以,能够用简单的结构更有效地抑制在调色剂盒的更换操作中的调色剂(显影剂)的泄漏,而不必增加密封构件的侧面等。As described above, according to this embodiment, the second opening is wider than the third opening in a direction perpendicular to the direction of movement of the shutter plate, downstream relative to the direction of movement of the shutter plate. This prevents toner from leaking outside the opening when the opening is closed. This eliminates the need for a retaining portion (recess) for retaining toner in the sealing member. Consequently, a simple structure can more effectively suppress toner (developer) leakage during toner cartridge replacement without requiring additional side surfaces of the sealing member.
在上文中,已用该实施例描述了收集部分30a,但是收集部分30a也可以设置在实施例1、2的显影单元D中(图3、图13的(a)部分)。In the above, the collecting portion 30a has been described using this embodiment, but the collecting portion 30a may also be provided in the developing unit D of Embodiments 1 and 2 (Figure 3, part (a) of Figure 13).
(其他)(other)
在该实施例中,第二开口30和第三开口49的尺寸被实现为彼此不同以提供收集部分30a。然而,本发明不限于这样的结构。例如,在图1的(a)部分所示的连通状态下,通过将第二开口30和第三开口49定位成在其间有偏移以使得由部分重叠区域提供连通部分58从而提供收集部分30a。在此情况下,开口的尺寸和/或形状不限于特定的尺寸和/或形状。在前述实施例中,开口的形状为矩形,但是开口可以是另外的形状,或者可以具有不同的形状,只要能提供适当的收集部分即可。In this embodiment, the sizes of the second opening 30 and the third opening 49 are implemented to be different from each other to provide the collecting portion 30a. However, the present invention is not limited to such a structure. For example, in the connected state shown in part (a) of Figure 1, the collecting portion 30a is provided by positioning the second opening 30 and the third opening 49 with an offset therebetween so that a connecting portion 58 is provided by a partially overlapping area. In this case, the size and/or shape of the opening is not limited to a specific size and/or shape. In the aforementioned embodiment, the shape of the opening is rectangular, but the opening may be another shape, or may have a different shape, as long as an appropriate collecting portion can be provided.
在该实施例中,第三开口49的上游表面49a的构造倾斜,使得上游表面49a的内边缘相对于第三开口49相对于第二开口30的位移方向处于外边缘的下游。然而,本发明不限于这样的结构。当关闭连通部分58时,第三开口49相对于第二开口30移位。在此时,可以使用另外的形状,只要第三开口49相对于位移方向的上游侧端部分产生用于将调色剂从第三开口49侧推动到第二开口30侧的力即可。In this embodiment, the upstream surface 49a of the third opening 49 is configured to be inclined so that the inner edge of the upstream surface 49a is located downstream of the outer edge relative to the displacement direction of the third opening 49 relative to the second opening 30. However, the present invention is not limited to this configuration. When the communication portion 58 is closed, the third opening 49 is displaced relative to the second opening 30. In this case, another shape may be used as long as the upstream end portion of the third opening 49 relative to the displacement direction generates a force that pushes the toner from the third opening 49 side to the second opening 30 side.
然而,收集部分30a设置在显影单元D中并不是必须的。可以省略收集部分30a,如图25所示。也就是说,在图25中,当从显影单元D1拆卸调色剂盒E1时,调色剂盒E1和/或显影单元D1中的调色剂的量较小,原因是调色剂盒E1和/或显影单元D1中的调色剂通常已被消耗。在这样的情况下,连通部分358中的调色剂的量不大,并且因此,即使不提供收集部分30a,调色剂在拆卸时也不太可能泄漏。However, it is not essential to provide the collecting portion 30a in the developing unit D. The collecting portion 30a can be omitted, as shown in FIG25 . Specifically, in FIG25 , when the toner cartridge E1 is removed from the developing unit D1, the amount of toner in the toner cartridge E1 and/or the developing unit D1 is relatively small because the toner in the toner cartridge E1 and/or the developing unit D1 is generally consumed. In this case, the amount of toner in the communicating portion 358 is not large, and therefore, even without the collecting portion 30a, toner is unlikely to leak during removal.
然而,像该实施例中这样提供收集部分30a是优选的,原因是能够用简单的结构可靠地抑制调色剂泄漏。另外,在拆卸调色剂盒E时能够在调色剂盒E中残留有调色剂的情况下抑制调色剂泄漏。However, providing the collecting portion 30a as in this embodiment is preferable because it is possible to reliably suppress toner leakage with a simple structure. In addition, it is possible to suppress toner leakage when toner remains in the toner cartridge E when the toner cartridge E is disassembled.
在以下的实施例中,该实施例的收集部分可以设在显影单元D中。In the following embodiment, the collecting portion of the embodiment may be provided in the developing unit D.
<实施例4><Example 4>
将描述与该实施例中的闸板的打开和关闭有关的结构。更具体地,将描述具有卡扣配合部分271的第二闸板253的构造和用于引导第二闸板253的结构。另外,将对用于改进设置在构成第二调色剂收容部分247t的容器框架(框架,圆筒部分)247g的端部分中的密封件的密封性质的驱动传递机构进行说明。此外,将对用于将调色剂t从调色剂盒E稳定地供给到显影单元D中的给送结构进行说明。The structure related to the opening and closing of the shutter in this embodiment will be described. More specifically, the configuration of the second shutter 253 having the snap-fit portion 271 and the structure for guiding the second shutter 253 will be described. Furthermore, the drive transmission mechanism for improving the sealing properties of the seal provided in the end portion of the container frame (frame, cylindrical portion) 247g constituting the second toner storage portion 247t will be described. Furthermore, the feeding structure for stably supplying toner t from the toner cartridge E to the developing unit D will be described.
参考附图,将描述该实施例。在该实施例的描述中,与前述实施例中相同的附图标记被赋予在该实施例中具有相应功能的元件,并且省略其详细描述。在附图中,为了简化说明而省略了一部分的形状或元件。该实施例中的元件的尺寸、材料、构造、相对位置可以根据装置的结构和/或各种条件适当地修改。所以,本发明不限于该实施例中的具体结构。With reference to the accompanying drawings, this embodiment will be described. In the description of this embodiment, the same reference numerals as in the previous embodiment are given to the elements having corresponding functions in this embodiment, and their detailed description is omitted. In the accompanying drawings, some shapes or elements are omitted to simplify the description. The size, material, construction, and relative position of the elements in this embodiment can be appropriately modified according to the structure of the device and/or various conditions. Therefore, the present invention is not limited to the specific structure in this embodiment.
在该实施例和随后的实施例中,显影单元D和鼓单元C被整合到盒中,并且显影单元D是处理盒的一部分(图29的(a)部分和(b)部分)。然而,类似于前述实施例,显影单元D可以是独立的盒,或者显影单元D可以固定在装置的主组件中。In this embodiment and the subsequent embodiments, the developing unit D and the drum unit C are integrated into the cartridge, and the developing unit D is a part of the process cartridge (parts (a) and (b) of Figure 29). However, similar to the aforementioned embodiments, the developing unit D may be a separate cartridge, or the developing unit D may be fixed to the main assembly of the apparatus.
在显影单元D和鼓单元C被整合到处理盒中的情况下,处理盒是用于接收调色剂盒E的接收装置。然而,可以根据情况将作为处理盒的一部分的显影单元D的仅仅一部分称作接收装置。In the case where the developing unit D and the drum unit C are integrated into a process cartridge, the process cartridge is a receiving device for receiving the toner cartridge E. However, only a portion of the developing unit D as a part of the process cartridge may be referred to as a receiving device depending on circumstances.
关于成像装置的主组件的结构,将省略其描述,原因是与其他实施例相类似,并且将描述用于显影单元D的调色剂盒E的接收部分附近的结构并且随后描述其他部分。Regarding the structure of the main assembly of the image forming apparatus, description thereof will be omitted because it is similar to other embodiments, and the structure near the receiving portion of the toner cartridge E for the developing unit D will be described and then the other portions will be described.
§1.[显影单元的调色剂盒附近的详细说明]§1. [Detailed description of the area around the toner cartridge in the developer unit]
参考图29、30、31,将详细描述根据该实施例的显影单元D的调色剂盒E的接收部分附近的结构。在该实施例中,显影单元D的纵向方向是显影单元D的显影辊224的轴线的方向。29, 30, 31, the structure near the receiving portion of the toner cartridge E of the developing unit D according to this embodiment will be described in detail. In this embodiment, the longitudinal direction of the developing unit D is the direction of the axis of the developing roller 224 of the developing unit D.
(盒和单元的结构)(Structure of box and unit)
图29是从接收部分侧看到的显影单元D的调色剂盒E的透视图。图29的(a)部分示出了第二开口(接收开口)230关闭(第一闸板237处于关闭位置)的状态,图29的(b)部分示出了第二开口230打开(第一闸板237处于打开位置)的状态。图30是用于调色剂盒E的显影单元D的接收部分附近的放大透视图。图30的(a)部分示出了第二开口230关闭(第一闸板237处于关闭位置)的状态;并且图30的(b)部分示出了第二开口230打开(第一闸板237处于打开位置)的状态。Figure 29 is a perspective view of the toner cartridge E of the developing unit D as viewed from the receiving portion. Part (a) of Figure 29 shows a state in which the second opening (receiving opening) 230 is closed (the first shutter 237 is in the closed position), and part (b) of Figure 29 shows a state in which the second opening 230 is open (the first shutter 237 is in the open position). Figure 30 is an enlarged perspective view of the vicinity of the receiving portion of the developing unit D for the toner cartridge E. Part (a) of Figure 30 shows a state in which the second opening 230 is closed (the first shutter 237 is in the closed position); and part (b) of Figure 30 shows a state in which the second opening 230 is open (the first shutter 237 is in the open position).
图31是显影单元D的第二开口230附近的截面图。图31的(a)部分是从驱动侧看到的截面图,并且图31的(b)部分是从非驱动侧看到的截面图。Fig. 31 is a cross-sectional view near the second opening 230 of the developing unit D. Part (a) of Fig. 31 is a cross-sectional view seen from the driving side, and part (b) of Fig. 31 is a cross-sectional view seen from the non-driving side.
如图29所示,显影单元D设置有邻近调色剂盒接收部分的第二开口230和第一闸板237。第二开口230和第一闸板237大致设置在显影单元D的纵向中央部分处。第二开口230的位置不限于特定位置,而是只要其与第三开口(排出开口)249相对就足够了,这将在下文中进行说明。第一闸板237的位置不限于中央部分,而是只要能够覆盖第二开口就足够了。As shown in Figure 29, the developing unit D is provided with a second opening 230 and a first shutter 237 adjacent to the toner cartridge receiving portion. The second opening 230 and the first shutter 237 are arranged approximately at the longitudinal center of the developing unit D. The position of the second opening 230 is not limited to a specific position, but it is sufficient as long as it is opposite to the third opening (discharge opening) 249, which will be described below. The position of the first shutter 237 is not limited to the central part, but it is sufficient as long as it can cover the second opening.
如图29的(a)部分所示,第二开口230由构造为沿着调色剂盒E的外周表面具有一定曲率的第一闸板237密封,这将在下文中进行说明。As shown in part (a) of FIG. 29 , the second opening 230 is sealed by a first shutter 237 configured to have a certain curvature along the outer peripheral surface of the toner cartridge E, which will be described below.
对于第一闸板237,用于与突起(容器侧突起,打开/关闭构件移动部分)245(图32)接合的孔部分237a设置在用于第二开口230的密封范围之外。第一闸板237与设置在第二开口230的相对纵向端部处的第一闸板引导部分234接合并且由第一闸板引导部分234引导。第一闸板237能够沿着第一闸板引导部分234在用于关闭第二开口230的关闭位置(图29的(a)部分)和用于打开第二开口230的打开位置(图29的(b)部分)之间滑动。For the first shutter 237, a hole portion 237a for engaging with a protrusion (container-side protrusion, opening/closing member moving portion) 245 ( FIG. 32 ) is provided outside the sealing range for the second opening 230. The first shutter 237 is engaged with and guided by first shutter guide portions 234 provided at opposite longitudinal ends of the second opening 230. The first shutter 237 is slidable along the first shutter guide portions 234 between a closed position for closing the second opening 230 ( FIG. 29 (a) ) and an open position for opening the second opening 230 ( FIG. 29 (b) ).
相对于显影单元D的纵向方向在第一闸板引导部分234和第二开口230之间设置有第一锁定臂(接收装置侧锁定构件)261(图30的(b)部分)。第一锁定臂261防止第一闸板237意外打开。如图31所示,第一锁定臂261包括爪部分261a。第一锁定臂261的爪部分261a相对于显影单元D的纵向方向处于与第一闸板237的孔部分237a相同的位置。A first locking arm (receiving device side locking member) 261 (part (b) of Figure 30) is provided between the first shutter guide portion 234 and the second opening 230 with respect to the longitudinal direction of the developing unit D. The first locking arm 261 prevents the first shutter 237 from being accidentally opened. As shown in Figure 31, the first locking arm 261 includes a claw portion 261a. The claw portion 261a of the first locking arm 261 is located at the same position as the hole portion 237a of the first shutter 237 with respect to the longitudinal direction of the developing unit D.
爪部分261a的表面261b抵接到第一闸板237的孔部分237a的表面237b。由此,爪部分261a抑制第一闸板237的意外打开。在显影单元D的第二开口230附近,设置有用于在第一闸板237和第二开口230之间进行密封的第一密封构件232。第一密封构件232围绕第二开口230。The surface 261b of the claw portion 261a abuts against the surface 237b of the hole portion 237a of the first shutter 237. Thus, the claw portion 261a suppresses the first shutter 237 from being accidentally opened. A first sealing member 232 is provided near the second opening 230 of the developing unit D for sealing between the first shutter 237 and the second opening 230. The first sealing member 232 surrounds the second opening 230.
显影单元D的相对的纵向端部分别设置有用于引导调色剂盒E的插入的插入引导件(非驱动侧)235d和插入引导件(驱动侧)236d。显影单元D设置有将由调色剂盒E的抵接部分(非驱动侧)242a和抵接部分(驱动侧)243a(图32)抵接的被抵接部分(非驱动侧)235a和被抵接部分(驱动侧)236a。Opposite longitudinal end portions of the developing unit D are respectively provided with an insertion guide (non-driving side) 235 d and an insertion guide (driving side) 236 d for guiding the insertion of the toner cartridge E. The developing unit D is provided with an abutted portion (non-driving side) 235 a and an abutted portion (driving side) 236 a to be abutted by the abutting portion (non-driving side) 242 a and the abutting portion (driving side) 243 a ( FIG. 32 ) of the toner cartridge E.
对于显影单元D的相对的纵向端部而言,设置有诸如齿轮这样的驱动部分(例如第一驱动传递部分238)的端侧被称为驱动侧。另一端侧被称为非驱动侧。“(驱动)”表示驱动侧。“(非)”表示非驱动侧。For the opposite longitudinal ends of the developing unit D, the end side provided with a driving portion such as a gear (e.g., the first drive transmission portion 238) is referred to as the driving side. The other end side is referred to as the non-driving side. "(driving)" represents the driving side. "(non-)" represents the non-driving side.
另外,设置有旋转引导部分(非)235b和旋转引导部分(驱动)236b,以用于当将在下文中描述的第一闸板237和第二闸板(打开/关闭构件)253打开和关闭时引导调色剂盒E的旋转。In addition, a rotation guide portion (non) 235b and a rotation guide portion (drive) 236b are provided for guiding the rotation of the toner cartridge E when a first shutter 237 and a second shutter (opening/closing member) 253 to be described later are opened and closed.
插入引导部分235、236是用于引导调色剂盒E的安装和拆卸的引导件(接收装置侧引导部分)。插入引导部分(非)235d和插入引导件(驱动)236d设置有沿着调色剂盒E的插入方向f(图29的(a)部分)彼此平行的平面。被抵接部分(非)235a和旋转引导部分(非)235b相对于插入方向f布置在插入引导部分(非)235d的下游。另外,被抵接部分236a(驱动)和旋转引导件(驱动)236b相对于插入方向f布置在插入引导件(驱动)236d的下游。The insertion guides 235 and 236 are guides (receiving device-side guides) for guiding the installation and removal of the toner cartridge E. The insertion guide (non-) 235d and the insertion guide (drive) 236d are provided with planes parallel to each other along the insertion direction f (part (a) of the toner cartridge E) ( FIG. 29 ). The abutted portion (non-) 235a and the rotating guide portion (non-) 235b are arranged downstream of the insertion guide (non-) 235d with respect to the insertion direction f. Furthermore, the abutted portion 236a (drive) and the rotating guide (drive) 236b are arranged downstream of the insertion guide (drive) 236d with respect to the insertion direction f.
显影单元D在显影单元D相对于纵向方向的一个端部分处设置有第一驱动传递部分238。第一驱动传递部分238通过将在下文中描述的调色剂盒E的中间齿轮(旋转力接收部分)250将驱动力传递到第二驱动传递部分248(图32)和第二调色剂给送装置246(图35)。第一驱动传递部分238通过作为传递装置的齿轮(未示出)与显影单元D内部的成像装置的主组件的驱动机构连接。The developing unit D is provided with a first drive transmission portion 238 at one end portion of the developing unit D relative to the longitudinal direction. The first drive transmission portion 238 transmits the driving force to the second drive transmission portion 248 (Figure 32) and the second toner feeding device 246 (Figure 35) via an intermediate gear (rotational force receiving portion) 250 of the toner cartridge E described below. The first drive transmission portion 238 is connected to the drive mechanism of the main assembly of the image forming apparatus inside the developing unit D via a gear (not shown) as a transmission means.
第一驱动传递部分238是齿轮,并且是用于将用以驱动第二调色剂给送构件246的旋转力传递到调色剂盒E的旋转力传递部分。The first drive transmission portion 238 is a gear, and is a rotational force transmission portion for transmitting the rotational force for driving the second toner feeding member 246 to the toner cartridge E.
中间齿轮250是用于从调色剂盒E的外部(显影单元D的第一驱动传递部分238)接收旋转力的旋转力接收部分。第二驱动传递部分248是用于从中间齿轮250接收旋转力(驱动力)的第二旋转力接收部分。The intermediate gear 250 is a rotation force receiving portion for receiving rotation force from the outside of the toner cartridge E (the first drive transmitting portion 238 of the developing unit D). The second drive transmitting portion 248 is a second rotation force receiving portion for receiving rotation force (driving force) from the intermediate gear 250 .
如图30所示,在显影单元D的第二开口230附近,设置有用于释放第二闸板253的锁定的释放爪262、和闸板保持部分263。闸板保持部分263设置有锁定孔263a。30, a release claw 262 for releasing the locking of the second shutter 253 and a shutter holding portion 263 are provided near the second opening 230 of the developing unit D. The shutter holding portion 263 is provided with a locking hole 263a.
释放爪262用于释放第二锁定臂270(图34)以便防止调色剂盒E的第二闸板253的意外打开,正如下文中将描述的那样。The release claw 262 is used to release the second lock arm 270 ( FIG. 34 ) so as to prevent the second shutter 253 of the toner cartridge E from being accidentally opened, as will be described later.
闸板保持部分263与设置在调色剂盒E的第二闸板253上的卡扣配合部分271的爪部分(第一接合部分)271a或突起(第二接合部分)271b接触,正如下文中将描述的那样(图42)。由此,当第二闸板253关闭时,防止第二闸板253因第二闸板253被牵引而在将在下文中描述的容器(显影剂收容容器,调色剂收容容器)247中旋转。The shutter holding portion 263 contacts the claw portion (first engaging portion) 271a or the projection (second engaging portion) 271b of the snap-fit portion 271 provided on the second shutter 253 of the toner cartridge E, as will be described later (Figure 42). Thus, when the second shutter 253 is closed, the second shutter 253 is prevented from rotating in the container (developer storage container, toner storage container) 247 to be described later due to the second shutter 253 being pulled.
关于第二闸板253在打开和关闭时的操作,将在下文中进行说明。The operation of the second shutter 253 when opening and closing will be described below.
(调色剂盒的详细说明)(Details of toner cartridge)
参考图32、33、34、35、36、37,将详细描述根据该实施例的调色剂盒E。32 , 33 , 34 , 35 , 36 , and 37 , the toner cartridge E according to this embodiment will be described in detail.
图32是调色剂盒E的透视图。图32的(a)部分是从第二驱动传递部分248看到的透视图,并且图32的(b)部分是从相对侧看到的透视图。图33示出了调色剂盒E的第三开口249打开的状态。图33的(a)部分是第三开口249附近的放大图,并且图33的(b)部分是从调色剂盒E的非驱动侧看到的第三开口249附近的截面图。图34示出了第二闸板253。图35示出了第二调色剂给送构件246和容器247之间的关系。图35的(a)部分示出了第二调色剂给送构件246的薄片246a的构造。图35的(b)部分示出了搅拌轴密封件264的截面图。图35的(c)部分是示出第二驱动传递部分248和搅拌轴密封件264之间的关系的截面放大图。图36是在第二闸板253与调色剂盒E组装在一起的状态下从第三开口29截取的第二闸板引导部分(打开和关闭构件)252的孔部分252a的放大截面图。图36的(a)部分示出了第二闸板253关闭的状态,并且图36的(b)部分示出了第二闸板253打开的状态。在图36中,为了更好地示出第二锁定臂270,用虚线描绘第二闸板引导部分252。图37是示出在将调色剂盒E插入显影单元D之前的状态的透视图。Figure 32 is a perspective view of the colorant box E. Part (a) of Figure 32 is a perspective view as seen from the second drive transmission part 248, and part (b) of Figure 32 is a perspective view as seen from the opposite side. Figure 33 shows the state in which the third opening 249 of the colorant box E is opened. Part (a) of Figure 33 is an enlarged view near the third opening 249, and part (b) of Figure 33 is a cross-sectional view near the third opening 249 as seen from the non-drive side of the colorant box E. Figure 34 shows the second shutter 253. Figure 35 shows the relationship between the second colorant feeding member 246 and the container 247. Part (a) of Figure 35 shows the structure of the thin sheet 246a of the second colorant feeding member 246. Part (b) of Figure 35 shows a cross-sectional view of the stirring shaft seal 264. Part (c) of Figure 35 is an enlarged cross-sectional view showing the relationship between the second drive transmission part 248 and the stirring shaft seal 264. FIG36 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of the hole portion 252a of the second shutter guide portion (opening and closing member) 252, taken from the third opening 29, in a state where the second shutter 253 is assembled with the toner cartridge E. Part (a) of FIG36 shows a state where the second shutter 253 is closed, and part (b) of FIG36 shows a state where the second shutter 253 is open. In FIG36, the second shutter guide portion 252 is depicted with a dotted line to better illustrate the second locking arm 270. FIG37 is a perspective view showing a state before the toner cartridge E is inserted into the developing unit D.
如图32、图35的(b)部分和图35的(c)部分所示,调色剂盒E包括容器247、第三开口249、第二闸板253、第二密封构件254、第二驱动传递部分(齿轮)248、中间齿轮250和搅拌轴密封件264。在此,调色剂盒E的纵向方向是第二调色剂给送构件246的旋转轴线方向。调色剂盒E的纵向方向也是容器247和第二闸板253的纵向方向。在旋转调色剂盒E的时候,容器247转动。调色剂盒E的纵向方向是容器247的旋转轴线方向。第二闸板253通过围绕容器247旋转而打开和关闭开口。调色剂盒E的纵向方向是第二闸板253的旋转轴线方向。As shown in Figure 32, part (b) of Figure 35 and part (c) of Figure 35, colorant box E includes container 247, the third opening 249, the second shutter 253, the second sealing member 254, the second drive transmission part (gear) 248, the intermediate gear 250 and the stirring shaft seal 264. Here, the longitudinal direction of colorant box E is the rotation axis direction of the second toner feeding member 246. The longitudinal direction of colorant box E is also the longitudinal direction of container 247 and the second shutter 253. When rotating colorant box E, container 247 rotates. The longitudinal direction of colorant box E is the rotation axis direction of container 247. The second shutter 253 opens and closes the opening by rotating around container 247. The longitudinal direction of colorant box E is the rotation axis direction of the second shutter 253.
容器247是大致圆筒状的中空构件。也就是说,构成容器247的主体部分(主要部分)的框架(容器框架)247g为大致圆筒状。假定容器247是圆柱体,则调色剂盒E的纵向方向是圆柱体的母线方向或圆柱体的中心轴线方向。The container 247 is a hollow member having a generally cylindrical shape. Specifically, a frame (container frame) 247g constituting the main body (main portion) of the container 247 is generally cylindrical. Assuming that the container 247 is a cylindrical body, the longitudinal direction of the toner cartridge E is the direction of the generatrix of the cylinder or the direction of the central axis of the cylinder.
容器框架247g包括平坦表面部分、以及至少围绕第三开口249的具有大致圆筒形状(大致弧形构造)的弯曲表面部分(弧形部分)(图33的(b)部分等)。第二闸板253沿着弯曲表面部分旋转以打开和关闭第三开口249。The container frame 247g includes a flat surface portion and a curved surface portion (arc-shaped portion) having a substantially cylindrical shape (substantially arc-shaped configuration) at least around the third opening 249 (part (b) of FIG. 33 , etc.). The second shutter 253 rotates along the curved surface portion to open and close the third opening 249.
容器框架(圆筒部分)247g是中空构件,并且构成用于收容调色剂的调色剂收容部分(调色剂收容室)247t。The container frame (cylindrical portion) 247g is a hollow member, and constitutes a toner storage portion (toner storage chamber) 247t for storing toner.
容器247在容器框架247g的外周边上设置有用于与第一闸板237的孔部分237a接合的突起(容器侧突起或突出部)。容器247(容器框架247g)设置有用于在第一闸板237的打开和关闭的过程中与第一闸板237的被抵接表面237b(图30)抵接的抵接表面247c。抵接表面247c由形成于容器247的框架(容器框架)247g上的台阶形部分提供,并且是与调色剂盒E的旋转移动方向(第二闸板252的旋转移动方向)交叉的表面。它是在调色剂盒E的纵向方向(轴向方向)上延伸的长形表面。The container 247 is provided with a protrusion (container-side protrusion or projection) on the outer periphery of the container frame 247g for engaging with the hole portion 237a of the first shutter 237. The container 247 (container frame 247g) is provided with an abutment surface 247c for abutting against the abutted surface 237b (Figure 30) of the first shutter 237 during the opening and closing of the first shutter 237. The abutment surface 247c is provided by a stepped portion formed on the frame (container frame) 247g of the container 247 and is a surface intersecting the rotational movement direction of the toner cartridge E (the rotational movement direction of the second shutter 252). It is an elongated surface extending in the longitudinal direction (axial direction) of the toner cartridge E.
抵接表面247c是打开力施加部分(打开/关闭构件移动部分),其用于将打开第一闸板237的力施加到第一闸板237以将第一闸板237移动到打开位置,正如下文中将详细描述的那样。The abutment surface 247c is an opening force applying portion (opening/closing member moving portion) for applying a force to open the first shutter 237 to the first shutter 237 to move the first shutter 237 to the open position, as will be described in detail below.
当第二闸板253处于关闭位置时,抵接表面247c设置在第二闸板253(闸板的主体部分253m)的自由端附近。When the second shutter 253 is in the closed position, the abutment surface 247 c is provided near the free end of the second shutter 253 (the shutter main body portion 253 m ).
如图33的(b)部分所示,第二调色剂收容部分247t设置有用于给送调色剂的第二调色剂给送构件246。另外,第二调色剂给送构件246的一个端部分由容器247可旋转地支撑,并且其另一端部分由用于驱动第二调色剂给送构件246的第二驱动传递部分248可旋转地支撑。在此,搅拌轴密封件264具有中空的圆筒形状,并且其外径d1稍大于容器框架247g的内径d2。搅拌轴密封件264的内径d3稍小于第二驱动传递部分248的圆筒部分248b的外径d4。自然状态下的搅拌轴密封件264d的宽度w1大于在第二驱动传递部分248定位于容器框架247g中的适当位置时的、在第二驱动传递部分248的密封表面248a和容器框架247的密封抵接表面247f之间的距离。As shown in part (b) of Figure 33 , the second toner storage portion 247t is provided with a second toner feeding member 246 for feeding toner. Furthermore, one end portion of the second toner feeding member 246 is rotatably supported by the container 247, and the other end portion is rotatably supported by the second drive transmission portion 248 for driving the second toner feeding member 246. Here, the stirring shaft seal 264 has a hollow cylindrical shape, and its outer diameter d1 is slightly larger than the inner diameter d2 of the container frame 247g. The inner diameter d3 of the stirring shaft seal 264 is slightly smaller than the outer diameter d4 of the cylindrical portion 248b of the second drive transmission portion 248. The width w1 of the stirring shaft seal 264d in its natural state is greater than the distance between the sealing surface 248a of the second drive transmission portion 248 and the sealing abutment surface 247f of the container frame 247 when the second drive transmission portion 248 is positioned appropriately in the container frame 247g.
搅拌轴密封件264被夹在第二驱动传递部分248的密封表面248a和容器247的容器框架247g中的容器247的密封抵接表面247a之间。The stirring shaft seal 264 is sandwiched between the sealing surface 248 a of the second drive transmission portion 248 and the sealing abutment surface 247 a of the container 247 in the container frame 247 g of the container 247 .
如图32所示,容器247设置有用于与第二驱动传递构件248一起进行驱动传递的中间齿轮250。该实施例的第二驱动传递部分248和中间齿轮250是螺旋齿轮,并且第二驱动传递部分248在驱动传递期间相对于调色剂盒E的纵向方向在向内的方向(由图35的(c)部分中的箭头r4指示的方向)上被偏压。As shown in Figure 32, the container 247 is provided with an intermediate gear 250 for performing drive transmission together with the second drive transmission member 248. The second drive transmission portion 248 and the intermediate gear 250 of this embodiment are helical gears, and the second drive transmission portion 248 is biased in an inward direction (the direction indicated by arrow r4 in part (c) of Figure 35) with respect to the longitudinal direction of the toner cartridge E during drive transmission.
第二调色剂给送构件246包括给送轴246a和柔性薄片246b。薄片246b设置有狭缝(图35的(a)部分)以将收容在容器247的第二调色剂收容部分247t中的调色剂朝向第三开口249移动。其详细结构将在下文中进行说明。The second toner feeding member 246 includes a feeding shaft 246a and a flexible sheet 246b. The sheet 246b is provided with a slit (part (a) of FIG. 35 ) to move the toner contained in the second toner containing portion 247t of the container 247 toward the third opening 249. The detailed structure will be described below.
在该实施例中,如图32的(b)部分所示,第三开口249设置在容器247(容器框架247g)的圆周上的调色剂盒E的纵向中央部分中。然而,第三开口249的位置可以是任意位置,只要第三开口与显影单元D的第二开口230相对即可。In this embodiment, as shown in part (b) of Figure 32, the third opening 249 is provided in the longitudinal center portion of the toner cartridge E on the circumference of the container 247 (container frame 247g). However, the position of the third opening 249 may be any position as long as the third opening is opposite to the second opening 230 of the developing unit D.
如图32和图33的(a)部分所示,调色剂盒E的第三开口249的纵向相对端部分别设置有用于引导第二闸板253的移动的第二闸板引导部分252。如图32的(b)部分和图36所示,孔部分252a设置在第二闸板引导部分252的一部分中。As shown in part (a) of Figure 32 and Figure 33, longitudinally opposite end portions of the third opening 249 of the toner cartridge E are respectively provided with second shutter guide portions 252 for guiding the movement of the second shutter 253. As shown in part (b) of Figure 32 and Figure 36, a hole portion 252a is provided in a portion of the second shutter guide portion 252.
如图34所示,第二闸板253的主体部分(闸板的主体部分253m)以沿着调色剂盒E的外周表面的曲率弯曲。也就是说,第二闸板253(闸板的主体部分253m)具有沿着容器247延伸的弯曲表面构造(大致弧形构造)。34 , the main body portion of the second shutter 253 (the shutter main body portion 253 m ) is curved with a curvature along the outer peripheral surface of the toner cartridge E. That is, the second shutter 253 (the shutter main body portion 253 m ) has a curved surface configuration (substantially arcuate configuration) extending along the container 247 .
也就是说,容器247(容器框架247g)具有围绕第三开口249(图33的(b)部分)的弯曲表面(大致圆筒形,大致弧形)。第二闸板253能够沿着设置在第三开口249周围的容器247的弯曲表面部分(弧形部分)往复移动。也就是说,第二闸板253在容器247上旋转(回转)。由此,第二闸板253能够打开和关闭第三开口249。That is, the container 247 (container frame 247g) has a curved surface (generally cylindrical, generally arcuate) surrounding the third opening 249 (part (b) of Figure 33). The second shutter 253 is capable of reciprocating along the curved surface portion (arc-shaped portion) of the container 247 disposed around the third opening 249. In other words, the second shutter 253 rotates (swivels) on the container 247. Thus, the second shutter 253 can open and close the third opening 249.
第二闸板253相对于纵向方向在将在下文中描述的第二密封构件254的外侧上设置有第二锁定臂(臂部分)270,并且相对于纵向方向在第二锁定臂270的外侧的相对的端部分处设置有卡扣配合部分(臂部分)271。The second gate plate 253 is provided with a second locking arm (arm portion) 270 on the outer side of the second sealing member 254 to be described below relative to the longitudinal direction, and a snap-fitting portion (arm portion) 271 is provided at the opposite end portion of the outer side of the second locking arm 270 relative to the longitudinal direction.
第二锁定臂270设置在闸板的主体部分253m和卡扣配合部分271之间,并且从闸板的主体部分253m的后端侧朝向前端侧延伸。第二锁定臂具有弹性部分并且能够弹性变形。The second locking arm 270 is provided between the shutter body portion 253m and the snap-fit portion 271 and extends from the rear end side toward the front end side of the shutter body portion 253m. The second locking arm has an elastic portion and is elastically deformable.
两个卡扣配合部分271分别与第二闸板253的主体部分(闸板的主体部分253m)的相对的端部分连接。类似地,两个第二锁定臂270分别与闸板的主体部分253m的相对的端部分连接。The two snap-fit portions 271 are connected to opposite end portions of the main body portion (gate main body portion 253m) of the second shutter 253. Similarly, the two second locking arms 270 are connected to opposite end portions of the gate main body portion 253m.
闸板的主体部分253m是用于基本上关闭第三开口249的部分(关闭部分)。卡扣配合部分271能够通过变形而相对于闸板的主体部分253m移动。类似地,第二锁定臂270也能够通过变形相对于闸板的主体部分253m移动。The shutter body 253m is a portion (closing portion) for substantially closing the third opening 249. The snap-fit portion 271 is movable relative to the shutter body 253m by deformation. Similarly, the second locking arm 270 is also movable relative to the shutter body 253m by deformation.
卡扣配合部分271可以由树脂材料与闸板的主体部分253一体地模制,或者可以由独立构件(例如金属板簧)形成。The snap-fit portion 271 may be molded of a resin material integrally with the main body portion 253 of the shutter, or may be formed of a separate member such as a metal leaf spring.
第二锁定臂270设置有将由显影单元D的释放爪262(图30)抵接的被抵接表面270a。第二锁定臂270设置有能够与调色剂盒E的第二闸板引导部分252的孔部分252a(图32)接合的爪部分270b。The second locking arm 270 is provided with an abutted surface 270a to be abutted by the release claw 262 (Figure 30) of the developing unit D. The second locking arm 270 is provided with a claw portion 270b capable of engaging with the hole portion 252a (Figure 32) of the second shutter guide portion 252 of the toner cartridge E.
第二锁定臂270由树脂材料与闸板的主体部分253m一体地模制,但是第二锁定臂270可以通过安装与闸板的主体部分253m不同的构件(例如金属构件)而形成。The second locking arm 270 is molded integrally with the main body portion 253 m of the shutter from a resin material, but the second locking arm 270 may be formed by mounting a member (eg, a metal member) different from the main body portion 253 m of the shutter.
第二锁定臂270的被抵接表面270a是当距第二锁定臂270的自由端的距离减小时朝向主体部分253m倾斜的倾斜部分(倾斜表面)。爪部分270b是相对于调色剂盒E的纵向方向至少向外突出的突起(突出部)。The abutted surface 270a of the second locking arm 270 is an inclined portion (inclined surface) that inclines toward the main body portion 253m as the distance from the free end of the second locking arm 270 decreases. The claw portion 270b is a protrusion (protrusion) that protrudes at least outward with respect to the longitudinal direction of the toner cartridge E.
卡扣配合部分271设置有能够在第二闸板253和调色剂盒E的纵向方向上弹性变形的臂部分271c。卡扣配合部分271设置在臂部分271c的自由端处,并且包括从第二闸板253径向向外地(径向朝外)突出的爪部分(突起,突出部,接合部分)271a。The snap-fit portion 271 is provided with an arm portion 271 c that is elastically deformable in the longitudinal direction of the second shutter 253 and the toner cartridge E. The snap-fit portion 271 is provided at a free end of the arm portion 271 c and includes a claw portion (protrusion, projection, engaging portion) 271 a that protrudes radially outward (radially outward) from the second shutter 253 .
爪部分271a和突起271b构成用于与显影单元D接合的接合部分(打开/关闭构件侧接合部分)。通过卡扣配合部分271的臂部分271c,爪部分271a(或突起271b)与闸板的主体部分253m连接(图34)。The claw portion 271a and the projection 271b constitute an engaging portion (opening/closing member side engaging portion) for engaging with the developing unit D. The claw portion 271a (or projection 271b) is connected to the main body portion 253m of the shutter through the arm portion 271c of the snap-fit portion 271 (Figure 34).
卡扣配合部分271的臂部分271c构成用于将爪部分271a和突起271b与闸板的主体部分253m连接的连接部分。The arm portion 271 c of the snap-fit portion 271 constitutes a connecting portion for connecting the claw portion 271 a and the protrusion 271 b with the main body portion 253 m of the shutter.
卡扣配合部分271的臂部分271c是用于支撑接合部分(爪部分271a和突起271b)的支撑部分。臂部分271c具有能够弹性变形的弹性部分。也就是说,臂部分271c能够弹性变形。The arm portion 271c of the snap-fit portion 271 is a support portion for supporting the engaging portion (claw portion 271a and protrusion 271b). The arm portion 271c has an elastic portion that can be elastically deformed. In other words, the arm portion 271c can be elastically deformed.
卡扣配合部分271(臂部分271c)从闸板的主体部分253m的后端侧朝向自由端侧延伸。闸板的主体部分253m的自由端侧是相对于从打开位置向关闭位置旋转的第二闸板253的旋转移动方向(移动方向)的下游侧。在另一方面,闸板的主体部分253m的后端侧是相对于旋转移动方向的上游侧。The snap-fit portion 271 (arm portion 271c) extends from the rear end side of the gate main portion 253m toward the free end side. The free end side of the gate main portion 253m is the downstream side with respect to the rotational movement direction (movement direction) of the second gate 253 rotating from the open position to the closed position. On the other hand, the rear end side of the gate main portion 253m is the upstream side with respect to the rotational movement direction.
爪部分271a至少在容器247的径向向外的方向上(从第二闸板253径向向外)突出。第二闸板253的径向向外的方向是容器247的径向向外的方向,并且在第二闸板253的旋转轨迹的旋转半径方向上向外。The claw portion 271a protrudes at least in the radially outward direction of the container 247 (radially outward from the second shutter 253). The radially outward direction of the second shutter 253 is the radially outward direction of the container 247 and outward in the rotation radius direction of the rotation trajectory of the second shutter 253.
径向向外的方向是在容器247的向外方向上(朝向容器247的外侧),并且远离容器247或容器247的旋转轴线(中心轴线)。径向向外的方向远离第二调色剂给送构件246或第二调色剂给送构件246的旋转轴线。The radially outward direction is in the outward direction of container 247 (toward the outside of container 247) and away from container 247 or the rotation axis (center axis) of container 247. The radially outward direction is away from second toner feeding member 246 or the rotation axis of second toner feeding member 246.
突起271b是至少在容器247的圆周方向(第二闸板253的旋转移动方向)上突出的突起。更特别地,在第二闸板253相对于容器247从关闭位置到打开位置的旋转移动方向(打开方向)上,突起271b朝向下游侧突出。The protrusion 271b is a protrusion that protrudes at least in the circumferential direction of the container 247 (the rotational movement direction of the second shutter 253). More specifically, the protrusion 271b protrudes toward the downstream side in the rotational movement direction (opening direction) of the second shutter 253 from the closed position to the open position relative to the container 247.
换句话说,第二闸板253包括作为接合部分的爪部分(第一接合部分)271a和突起(第二接合部分)271b,并且爪部分271a和突起271b在彼此不同的方向(相对于彼此的交叉方向)上突出。In other words, the second shutter 253 includes a claw portion (first engaging portion) 271a and a protrusion (second engaging portion) 271b as engaging portions, and the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b protrude in directions different from each other (crossing directions relative to each other).
卡扣配合部分271(臂部分271c)具有朝向自由端侧增加的宽度。也就是说,在纵向端部侧,卡扣配合部分271设置有待管控的第一被管控表面271d、待管控的第二被管控表面271e和待旋转的第三被管控表面271f。第一被管控表面271d是当距臂部分271c的自由端的距离减小时相对于纵向方向朝向外侧倾斜的倾斜表面(倾斜部分)。第二和第三被管控表面271e、271f是与臂部分271c延伸的方向大致平行地延伸的表面。被管控表面271e和被管控表面271f之间的距离大于臂部分271c的后端侧(基部侧)的宽度。第一和第二被管控表面271d、271e接触容器247的第一管控表面247d(图33的(a)部分),正如下文中将描述的那样。第三被管控表面271f接触容器247的第二管控表面247e(图33的(a)部分)。The snap-fit portion 271 (arm portion 271c) has a width that increases toward the free end. That is, on the longitudinal end side, the snap-fit portion 271 is provided with a first regulated surface 271d to be regulated, a second regulated surface 271e to be regulated, and a third regulated surface 271f to be rotated. The first regulated surface 271d is an inclined surface (inclined portion) that tilts outward relative to the longitudinal direction as the distance from the free end of the arm portion 271c decreases. The second and third regulated surfaces 271e, 271f extend approximately parallel to the direction in which the arm portion 271c extends. The distance between the regulated surface 271e and the regulated surface 271f is greater than the width of the rear end side (base side) of the arm portion 271c. The first and second regulated surfaces 271d, 271e contact the first regulating surface 247d of the container 247 (part (a) of Figure 33), as will be described below. The third regulated surface 271f contacts the second regulating surface 247e of the container 247 (part (a) of FIG. 33 ).
第二闸板253与调色剂盒E的第二闸板引导部分(开闭引导件)接合。它能够在容器247的圆周方向上沿着调色剂盒E的外周表面在用于关闭第三开口249的位置(图32的(a)部分)和用于打开第三开口249的位置(图32的(b)部分)之间滑动。The second shutter 253 is engaged with the second shutter guide portion (opening and closing guide) of the toner cartridge E. It is slidable along the outer peripheral surface of the toner cartridge E in the circumferential direction of the container 247 between a position for closing the third opening 249 (part (a) of FIG. 32 ) and a position for opening the third opening 249 (part (b) of FIG. 32 ).
如图36所示,在第三开口249关闭的状态下,第二锁定臂270的爪部分270b与设置在调色剂盒E的第二闸板引导部分252中的孔部分252a接合(嵌合)。爪部分270b的表面270c接触第二闸板引导部分252的孔部分252a的表面252b。结果,第二闸板253相对于容器247的移动被管控,由此抑制第二闸板253的意外打开。As shown in FIG36 , in a state where the third opening 249 is closed, the claw portion 270 b of the second locking arm 270 engages (fits) with the hole portion 252 a provided in the second shutter guide portion 252 of the toner cartridge E. The surface 270 c of the claw portion 270 b contacts the surface 252 b of the hole portion 252 a of the second shutter guide portion 252. As a result, the movement of the second shutter 253 relative to the container 247 is regulated, thereby suppressing unintended opening of the second shutter 253.
爪部分270b是用于将第二闸板253锁定在关闭位置的锁定部分。通过第二锁定臂270,爪部分270b与闸板的主体部分253m连接。也就是说,第二锁定臂270(严格地说,超过爪部分270b的第二锁定臂270的后端侧)是将爪部分270b与闸板的主体部分253m相连接的连接部分并且是用于支撑爪部分270b的支撑部分。The claw portion 270b is a locking portion for locking the second shutter 253 in the closed position. The claw portion 270b is connected to the main body portion 253m of the shutter via the second locking arm 270. In other words, the second locking arm 270 (strictly speaking, the rear end side of the second locking arm 270 beyond the claw portion 270b) is a connecting portion that connects the claw portion 270b to the main body portion 253m of the shutter and a supporting portion for supporting the claw portion 270b.
如图32所示,调色剂盒E在纵向相对的端部分处分别设置有插入被引导部分(非)242和插入被引导部分(驱动)243。插入被引导部分(非)和插入被引导部分(驱动)243分别由显影单元D的插入引导件(非)235d和插入引导件(驱动)236d引导。被引导以用于插入的插入被引导部分242、243是调色剂盒侧引导件。As shown in FIG32 , the toner cartridge E is provided with an insertion guided portion (non) 242 and an insertion guided portion (drive) 243 at longitudinally opposite end portions, respectively. The insertion guided portion (non) and the insertion guided portion (drive) 243 are guided by the insertion guide (non) 235 d and the insertion guide (drive) 236 d of the developing unit D, respectively. The insertion guided portions 242 and 243 guided for insertion are toner cartridge side guides.
参考图32、图31,将针对显影单元D的插入引导件(非)235d、插入引导件(驱动)236d、以及插入被引导部分(非)242、插入被引导部分(驱动)243和握持构件244进行说明。详细的动作、操作和功能基本上类似于实施例3,并且因此省略其描述。32 and 31 , description will be given of the insertion guide (non) 235 d, the insertion guide (drive) 236 d, the insertion guided portion (non) 242, the insertion guided portion (drive) 243, and the gripping member 244 of the developing unit D. Detailed actions, operations, and functions are substantially similar to those of Embodiment 3, and thus description thereof will be omitted.
插入被引导部分(非)设置有抵接部分(非)242a和旋转被引导部分(非)242b。当插入调色剂盒E时,抵接部分(非)242a抵接到显影单元D的被抵接部分(非)235a。抵接部分(非)242a周围的部分被形成为具有弯曲表面构造(大致弧形构造)的旋转被引导部分(调色剂盒侧旋转引导件)。当打开和关闭第一闸板237和第二闸板253时,旋转被引导部分相对于插入引导件(非)235d的旋转引导部分235b滑动以引导调色剂盒E的旋转操作。The insertion guide portion (non-) is provided with an abutting portion (non-) 242a and a rotation guided portion (non-) 242b. When the toner cartridge E is inserted, the abutting portion (non-) 242a abuts against the abutted portion (non-) 235a of the developing unit D. The portion surrounding the abutting portion (non-) 242a is formed as a rotation guided portion (toner cartridge side rotation guide) having a curved surface configuration (generally arc-shaped configuration). When the first shutter 237 and the second shutter 253 are opened and closed, the rotation guided portion slides relative to the rotation guide portion 235b of the insertion guide (non-) 235d to guide the rotation operation of the toner cartridge E.
插入被引导部分(驱动)243设置有抵接部分(驱动)243a。在调色剂盒E的插入过程中,抵接部分(驱动)243a抵接到显影单元D的被抵接部分(驱动)236a。The insertion guided portion (drive) 243 is provided with an abutting portion (drive) 243a. During the insertion of the toner cartridge E, the abutting portion (drive) 243a abuts against the abutted portion (drive) 236a of the developing unit D.
另外,插入被引导部分(非)242设置有管控部分242c1和管控部分242c2,以作为用于在插入调色剂盒E时管控调色剂盒E的插入姿势(拆卸姿势)的姿势管控部分。管控部分242c1和管控部分242c2是用于管控调色剂盒E的插入方向(安装方向)和/或拆卸方向的插入方向管控部分(安装方向管控部分,拆卸方向管控部分,移除方向管控部分)。In addition, the insertion guided portion (non) 242 is provided with a regulating portion 242c1 and a regulating portion 242c2 as a posture regulating portion for regulating the insertion posture (removal posture) of the toner cartridge E when inserting the toner cartridge E. The regulating portion 242c1 and the regulating portion 242c2 are insertion direction regulating portions (mounting direction regulating portion, removal direction regulating portion, removal direction regulating portion) for regulating the insertion direction (mounting direction) and/or removal direction of the toner cartridge E.
容器247设置有握持构件244,以作为在安装调色剂盒E时由用户握持的把手。握持构件244被U形固定在容器247的相对的纵向端部处。The container 247 is provided with gripping members 244 as handles to be gripped by a user when mounting the toner cartridge E. The gripping members 244 are fixed at opposite longitudinal end portions of the container 247 in a U-shape.
更具体地,握持构件244包括在要由用户握持的操作部分244b的相对的端部分处的固定部分244a。固定部分244a在调色剂盒E的相对的纵向端部处被U形固定到第二调色剂容器247。握持构件244的形状不限于该示例,只要用户能够握持住该握持构件即可。More specifically, the gripping member 244 includes fixing portions 244a at opposite end portions of the operating portion 244b to be gripped by the user. The fixing portions 244a are fixed to the second toner container 247 in a U-shape at opposite longitudinal end portions of the toner cartridge E. The shape of the gripping member 244 is not limited to this example as long as the user can grip it.
§2.[相对于显影单元安装和拆卸调色剂盒时的闸板打开和关闭操作]§2. [Shutter opening and closing operation when installing and removing the toner cartridge relative to the developing unit]
参考图28和图37-43,将描述显影单元D的第一闸板237和调色剂盒E的第二闸板253的打开操作。28 and 37-43, the opening operation of the first shutter 237 of the developing unit D and the second shutter 253 of the toner cartridge E will be described.
图28示出了第二闸板253一直移动到露出第三开口249的移动以及卡扣配合部分271附近的位置关系。图28的(a)部分和图28的(d)部分是第二闸板253附近的放大图,示出了将调色剂盒E插入显影单元D中的插入过程。图28的(a)部分是从前侧看到的第二闸板253的视图,并且图28的(d)部分是从非驱动侧看到的第三开口249的截面图。图28的(b)部分是通过从图28的(a)部分所示的状态进一步旋转、在调色剂盒E在露出第三开口249的方向上旋转之后、在第二闸板253的前侧表面253c抵接到显影单元D的抵接表面239的状态下的第二闸板253附近的放大图。图28的(b)部分是从前侧看到的第二闸板253的视图,并且图28的(e)部分是从非驱动侧看到的第三开口249的截面图。图28的(c)部分和图28的(f)部分是通过从图28的(b)部分所示的状态进一步旋转、在第二开口230和第三开口249彼此流体连通并且完成调色剂盒E的安装的状态下的第二闸板253附近的放大图。图28的(c)部分是从前侧看到的第二闸板253的视图,并且图28的(f)部分是从非驱动侧看到的第三开口249的截面图。Figure 28 illustrates the movement of the second shutter 253 until the third opening 249 is exposed, and the positional relationship near the snap-fit portion 271. Parts (a) and (d) of Figure 28 are enlarged views of the vicinity of the second shutter 253, illustrating the insertion process of the toner cartridge E into the developer unit D. Part (a) of Figure 28 is a front view of the second shutter 253, and part (d) of Figure 28 is a cross-sectional view of the third opening 249 as viewed from the non-driven side. Part (b) of Figure 28 is an enlarged view of the vicinity of the second shutter 253, after the toner cartridge E has been rotated further from the position shown in part (a) of Figure 28 to expose the third opening 249, with the front surface 253c of the second shutter 253 abutting the abutting surface 239 of the developer unit D. Part (b) of Figure 28 is a front view of the second shutter 253, and part (e) of Figure 28 is a cross-sectional view of the third opening 249 as viewed from the non-driven side. Part (c) of Figure 28 and Part (f) of Figure 28 are enlarged views of the vicinity of the second shutter 253 in a state in which the second opening 230 and the third opening 249 are in fluid communication with each other and the installation of the toner cartridge E is completed by further rotating from the state shown in Part (b) of Figure 28. Part (c) of Figure 28 is a view of the second shutter 253 as seen from the front side, and Part (f) of Figure 28 is a cross-sectional view of the third opening 249 as seen from the non-driving side.
图38的(a)部分是在调色剂盒E即将插入显影单元D之前从非驱动侧看到的显影单元D的第一锁定臂261的截面图。图38的(b)部分和图38的(c)部分是在将调色剂盒E插入显影单元D时从非驱动侧看到的显影单元D的第一锁定臂261的截面图。Part (a) of Figure 38 is a cross-sectional view of the first locking arm 261 of the developing unit D as viewed from the non-driving side immediately before the toner cartridge E is inserted into the developing unit D. Part (b) of Figure 38 and Part (c) of Figure 38 are cross-sectional views of the first locking arm 261 of the developing unit D as viewed from the non-driving side when the toner cartridge E is inserted into the developing unit D.
图39是在将调色剂盒E插入显影单元D时从第二闸板253前侧截取的第二闸板253的第二锁定臂270和第二闸板引导部分252的孔部分252a的截面图。图39的(a)部分示出了调色剂盒E刚插入显影单元D之后的状态。图39的(b)部分示出了在将调色剂盒E插入显影单元D时调色剂盒E在露出第三开口249的方向上旋转的状态。FIG39 is a cross-sectional view of the second locking arm 270 of the second shutter 253 and the hole portion 252a of the second shutter guide portion 252, taken from the front side of the second shutter 253 when the toner cartridge E is inserted into the developing unit D. Part (a) of FIG39 shows a state immediately after the toner cartridge E is inserted into the developing unit D. Part (b) of FIG39 shows a state in which the toner cartridge E is rotated in a direction in which the third opening 249 is exposed when the toner cartridge E is inserted into the developing unit D.
图40示出了在露出第三开口249之前的第二闸板253的卡扣配合部分271附近的位置关系。图40的(a)部分示出了在图28的(e)部分所示的状态下卡扣配合部分270和闸板保持部分263之间的关系。图40的(c)部分示出了在图28的(c)部分和图28的(f)部分所示的状态下卡扣配合部分270和闸板保持部分263之间的关系。图40的(b)部分示出了在图40的(a)部分和图40的(c)部分的状态之间时的卡扣配合部分270和闸板保持部分263之间的关系。图40的(d)部分示出了在图40的(a)部分所示的状态下卡扣配合部分270和容器247的第一管控部分247d之间的关系。图40的(e)部分示出了在图40的(b)部分所示的状态下卡扣配合部分270和容器247的第一管控部分247d之间的关系。图40的(f)部分示出了在图40的(c)部分所示的状态下卡扣配合部分270和容器247的第一管控部分247d之间的关系。FIG40 illustrates the positional relationship near the snap-fit portion 271 of the second shutter 253 before the third opening 249 is exposed. FIG40(a) illustrates the relationship between the snap-fit portion 270 and the shutter retaining portion 263 in the state shown in FIG28(e). FIG40(c) illustrates the relationship between the snap-fit portion 270 and the shutter retaining portion 263 in the state shown in FIG28(c) and FIG28(f). FIG40(b) illustrates the relationship between the snap-fit portion 270 and the shutter retaining portion 263 between the states shown in FIG40(a) and FIG40(c). FIG40(d) illustrates the relationship between the snap-fit portion 270 and the first control portion 247d of the container 247 in the state shown in FIG40(a). FIG40(e) illustrates the relationship between the snap-fit portion 270 and the first control portion 247d of the container 247 in the state shown in FIG40(b). Part (f) of FIG. 40 shows the relationship between the snap-fit portion 270 and the first regulating portion 247 d of the container 247 in the state shown in part (c) of FIG. 40 .
图41示出了在图28的(f)部分所示的状态下第二闸板253的卡扣配合部分271附近的示意图。图42示出了第二闸板253的前侧表面253c抵接到显影单元D的抵接表面239且第二闸板253由显影单元D管控的状态。图42的(a)部分示出了第二闸板253的卡扣配合部分271和显影单元D的锁定保持部分263之间在纵向方向上的关系。图42的(b)部分示出了第二闸板253的卡扣配合部分271和显影单元D的锁定保持部分263之间在调色剂盒E的旋转方向上的位置关系。Figure 41 shows a schematic diagram of the vicinity of the snap-fit portion 271 of the second shutter 253 in the state shown in part (f) of Figure 28. Figure 42 shows a state in which the front side surface 253c of the second shutter 253 abuts against the abutment surface 239 of the developing unit D and the second shutter 253 is controlled by the developing unit D. Part (a) of Figure 42 shows the relationship between the snap-fit portion 271 of the second shutter 253 and the lock-holding portion 263 of the developing unit D in the longitudinal direction. Part (b) of Figure 42 shows the positional relationship between the snap-fit portion 271 of the second shutter 253 and the lock-holding portion 263 of the developing unit D in the rotational direction of the toner cartridge E.
图43示出了在调色剂盒E的安装过程中从驱动侧看到的显影单元D的第一驱动传递部分238和中间齿轮250之间的位置关系。图43的(a)部分示出了在调色剂盒E的插入期间第二闸板253关闭的状态,并且图43的(b)部分示出了通过完成调色剂盒E的安装而使第二闸板253打开的状态。Figure 43 shows the positional relationship between the first drive transmission portion 238 and the intermediate gear 250 of the developing unit D as seen from the driving side during the installation process of the toner cartridge E. Part (a) of Figure 43 shows a state in which the second shutter 253 is closed during the insertion of the toner cartridge E, and part (b) of Figure 43 shows a state in which the second shutter 253 is opened by completing the installation of the toner cartridge E.
图44是在图43的(b)部分所示的状态下从驱动侧看到的第二开口230和第三开口249附近的截面图。在图39、图40的(a)部分、图40的(b)部分和图42中,为了简化说明,省略了与第二锁定臂270和/或卡扣配合部分271的操作明显不相关的部分。FIG44 is a cross-sectional view of the vicinity of the second opening 230 and the third opening 249 as viewed from the driving side in the state shown in part (b) of FIG43. In FIG39, part (a) of FIG40, part (b) of FIG40, and FIG42, portions that are obviously not related to the operation of the second locking arm 270 and/or the snap-fit portion 271 are omitted for simplicity of explanation.
在该实施例中将调色剂盒E插入显影单元D中的插入过程类似于实施例1。因此,将针对在调色剂盒E定位在显影单元D中之后的第一闸板237和第二闸板253的打开和关闭进行详细描述。The insertion process of the toner cartridge E into the developing unit D in this embodiment is similar to that in Embodiment 1. Therefore, the opening and closing of the first shutter 237 and the second shutter 253 after the toner cartridge E is positioned in the developing unit D will be described in detail.
(第一锁定臂和第二锁定臂的操作)(Operation of the First Locking Arm and the Second Locking Arm)
参考图37、图38、图39,将针对在调色剂盒E定位在显影单元D中的适当位置的状态下的显影单元D的第一锁定臂261的状态和调色剂盒E的第二锁定臂270的状态进行说明。37 , 38 , and 39 , the state of the first locking arm 261 of the developing unit D and the state of the second locking arm 270 of the toner cartridge E when the toner cartridge E is positioned at an appropriate position in the developing unit D will be described.
如图37、图38所示,在调色剂盒E安置在显影单元D中的适当位置的状态下,容器247的突起245与第一闸板237的孔部分237a接合。As shown in Figures 37 and 38, in a state where the toner cartridge E is placed in position in the developing unit D, the protrusion 245 of the container 247 engages with the hole portion 237a of the first shutter 237.
在此时,容器247的突起245的表面245c接触显影单元D的第一锁定臂261的表面261c。由此,第一锁定臂261从容器247的突起245接收力F11以在箭头r1的方向上弹性变形。第一锁定臂261的爪部分261a从第一闸板237的孔部分237a脱离。结果,通过孔部分237a的表面237a2和第一锁定臂261的表面261b之间的接触而对第一闸板237在箭头e的方向上的移动的管控被释放,使得第一闸板237变为能够相对于第二开口230移动。At this time, the surface 245c of the protrusion 245 of the container 247 contacts the surface 261c of the first locking arm 261 of the developing unit D. As a result, the first locking arm 261 receives a force F11 from the protrusion 245 of the container 247 and elastically deforms in the direction of the arrow r1. The claw portion 261a of the first locking arm 261 disengages from the hole portion 237a of the first shutter 237. As a result, the control of the movement of the first shutter 237 in the direction of the arrow e, which was controlled by the contact between the surface 237a2 of the hole portion 237a and the surface 261b of the first locking arm 261, is released, allowing the first shutter 237 to move relative to the second opening 230.
突起245是用于释放通过与孔部分237a接触(接合)而引起的第一闸板237的锁定状态的解锁部分。The protrusion 245 is an unlocking portion for releasing the locked state of the first shutter 237 by contacting (engaging) with the hole portion 237 a .
调色剂盒E的插入姿势和方向被管控,以使得通过将调色剂盒E插入显影单元D中,突起245与孔部分237a接合(进入孔部分)以接触第一锁定臂261。也就是说,调色剂盒E相对于显影单元D的姿势和/或插入方向由插入被引导部分(非)242和插入引导件(非)235d管控。The insertion posture and direction of the toner cartridge E are regulated so that, by inserting the toner cartridge E into the developing unit D, the protrusion 245 engages with (enters the hole portion) and contacts the first locking arm 261. That is, the posture and/or insertion direction of the toner cartridge E relative to the developing unit D are regulated by the insertion guided portion (non) 242 and the insertion guide (non) 235d.
在从显影单元D拆卸调色剂盒E时,突起245从第一锁定臂261分离。所以,第一锁定臂261的弹性变形被释放以促使第一锁定臂261与孔部分237a接合,由此再次阻挡第一闸板237。When the toner cartridge E is detached from the developing unit D, the projection 245 is separated from the first locking arm 261. Therefore, the elastic deformation of the first locking arm 261 is released to urge the first locking arm 261 into engagement with the hole portion 237a, thereby blocking the first shutter 237 again.
通过在调色剂盒E插入显影单元D之后在箭头e的方向上旋转调色剂盒E,第二闸板253的前侧表面253c(图34)抵接到显影单元D的抵接表面239(图30)。由此,第二闸板253在箭头e的方向上的旋转被管控。在此时,如图39所示,显影单元D的释放爪262抵接到第二闸板253的第二锁定臂270的被抵接表面270a,使得第二锁定臂270接收来自释放爪(解锁部分)262的力F12。通过力F12的分力F12x,第二锁定臂270在由箭头r2指示的方向上(从调色剂盒E纵向向内地)弹性变形。结果,第二锁定臂270的爪部分270b从第二闸板引导部分252的孔部分252a脱离。也就是说,通过由抵接表面270a从释放爪262接收的力,爪部分270b从用于将第二闸板253锁定在关闭位置的锁定位置(图39的(a)部分)移动到用于释放第二闸板的解锁位置(图39的(b)部分)。抵接表面270a是解锁力接收部分,用于在安装操作期间通过调色剂盒E的旋转来接收用于从显影单元D移动爪部分270b(锁定部分)的力。After the toner cartridge E is inserted into the developer unit D, the toner cartridge E is rotated in the direction of arrow e. The front surface 253c of the second shutter 253 (Figure 34) abuts against the abutment surface 239 (Figure 30) of the developer unit D. Thus, the rotation of the second shutter 253 in the direction of arrow e is controlled. At this time, as shown in Figure 39, the release claw 262 of the developer unit D abuts against the abutted surface 270a of the second locking arm 270 of the second shutter 253, causing the second locking arm 270 to receive the force F12 from the release claw (unlocking portion) 262. Due to the component force F12x of the force F12, the second locking arm 270 is elastically deformed in the direction indicated by arrow r2 (longitudinally inward from the toner cartridge E). As a result, the claw portion 270b of the second locking arm 270 disengages from the hole portion 252a of the second shutter guide portion 252. That is, the claw portion 270b is moved from the locked position (part (a) of FIG. 39 ) for locking the second shutter 253 in the closed position to the unlocked position (part (b) of FIG. 39 ) for releasing the second shutter by the force received by the abutment surface 270a from the release claw 262. The abutment surface 270a is an unlocking force receiving portion for receiving the force for moving the claw portion 270b (locking portion) from the developing unit D by the rotation of the toner cartridge E during the mounting operation.
抵接表面270a是当距第二闸板253的自由端(第二锁定臂270的自由端)的距离减小时纵向向内倾斜的倾斜部分(倾斜表面)。由于抵接表面270a的倾斜,从释放爪262接收的力(F12)包括纵向向内的分量(F12x)。The abutment surface 270a is an inclined portion (inclined surface) that tilts longitudinally inward as the distance from the free end of the second shutter 253 (the free end of the second locking arm 270) decreases. Due to the inclination of the abutment surface 270a, the force (F12) received from the release claw 262 includes a longitudinal inward component (F12x).
通过爪部分270b借助力F12x移动到解锁位置,由第二锁定臂270的爪部分270b和第二闸板引导部分252的孔部分252a的表面252b之间的接触实现的在箭头e的方向上的管控被移除。所以,第二闸板253变为能够在箭头e的方向上相对于容器247的第三开口249移动。更特别地,通过第二闸板253的前侧表面253c接收来自显影单元D的抵接表面(力施加部分)239的力,第二闸板253相对于容器247从关闭位置旋转到打开位置。By moving the claw portion 270b to the unlocked position by force F12x, the control in the direction of arrow e achieved by the contact between the claw portion 270b of the second locking arm 270 and the surface 252b of the hole portion 252a of the second shutter guide portion 252 is removed. Therefore, the second shutter 253 becomes movable in the direction of arrow e relative to the third opening 249 of the container 247. More specifically, the front side surface 253c of the second shutter 253 receives the force from the abutment surface (force applying portion) 239 of the developing unit D, and the second shutter 253 rotates from the closed position to the open position relative to the container 247.
第二闸板253的前侧表面235c是打开力接收部分,用于从调色剂盒E的外部(从显影单元D)接收用以将第二闸板253从关闭位置移动到打开位置的力。The front side surface 235c of the second shutter 253 is an opening force receiving portion for receiving a force from the outside of the toner cartridge E (from the developing unit D) for moving the second shutter 253 from the closed position to the open position.
第二锁定臂270(爪部分270b)基本上由第二闸板引导部分252覆盖,并且因此,由第二锁定臂270实现的锁定不容易由用户意外地释放。第二闸板引导部分252还用作覆盖第二锁定臂270(爪部分270b)的盖部分。The second locking arm 270 (claw portion 270b) is substantially covered by the second shutter guide portion 252, and therefore, the lock achieved by the second locking arm 270 is not easily accidentally released by the user. The second shutter guide portion 252 also serves as a cover portion that covers the second locking arm 270 (claw portion 270b).
当调色剂盒E安装到显影单元D时,显影单元D的释放爪262进入第二闸板引导部分252和容器框架247g之间。由此,释放爪262与第二闸板引导部分252接合。When the toner cartridge E is mounted to the developing unit D, the release claw 262 of the developing unit D enters between the second shutter guide portion 252 and the container frame 247 g .
(闸板保持部分和调色剂盒的卡扣配合部分之间的关系)(Relationship between the Shutter Holding Portion and the Snap-Fit Portion of the Toner Cartridge)
将针对调色剂盒E安置在显影单元D中的状态进行说明。A state in which the toner cartridge E is set in the developing unit D will be described.
在前侧表面253c和抵接表面239彼此抵接的状态下,卡扣配合部分271的爪部分271a相对于调色剂盒E的纵向方向处于显影单元D的闸板保持部分263的外侧(图42的(a)部分)。When the front side surface 253c and the abutment surface 239 abut each other, the claw portion 271a of the snap-fit portion 271 is located outside the gate retaining portion 263 of the developing unit D relative to the longitudinal direction of the colorant box E (part (a) of Figure 42).
卡扣配合部分271的爪部分271a相对于显影单元D的闸板保持部分263的锁定孔263a的位置关系如图42的(b)部分所示。在第三开口249打开时,爪部分271a相对于调色剂盒E的旋转移动方向(图42的(b)部分中的箭头e的方向)处于锁定孔263a的下游。The positional relationship of the claw portion 271a of the snap-fit portion 271 relative to the locking hole 263a of the shutter holding portion 263 of the developing unit D is shown in part (b) of Figure 42. When the third opening 249 is open, the claw portion 271a is located downstream of the locking hole 263a with respect to the rotational movement direction of the toner cartridge E (the direction of arrow e in part (b) of Figure 42).
(第一闸板和第二闸板的操作)(Operation of the First and Second Gates)
参考图28、图40、图42,将描述在调色剂盒E进一步旋转时的第一闸板237和第二闸板253的操作。28 , 40 , and 42 , the operations of the first shutter 237 and the second shutter 253 when the toner cartridge E is further rotated will be described.
随着调色剂盒E的进一步旋转,第一闸板237的被抵接表面237b(图30)抵接到抵接表面247c(图32、图38)。如图28的(e)部分所示,第一闸板237由容器247加压以接收在调色剂盒E的旋转方向上的力F13。在此时,如上文所述,管控第一闸板237的移动的第一锁定臂261被释放。结果,第一闸板237在打开第二开口230的方向(图28中的箭头e的方向)上与容器247一体地旋转。然后,第一闸板237按照图28的(d)部分、图28的(e)部分和图28的(f)部分的顺序移动。As the colorant cartridge E rotates further, the abutted surface 237b (Figure 30) of the first shutter 237 abuts against the abutting surface 247c (Figures 32 and 38). As shown in part (e) of Figure 28, the first shutter 237 is pressurized by the container 247 to receive the force F13 in the rotational direction of the colorant cartridge E. At this time, as described above, the first locking arm 261 that controls the movement of the first shutter 237 is released. As a result, the first shutter 237 rotates integrally with the container 247 in the direction of opening the second opening 230 (the direction of arrow e in Figure 28). Then, the first shutter 237 moves in the order of part (d) of Figure 28, part (e) of Figure 28, and part (f) of Figure 28.
另外,在此时,如图39的(b)部分所示,第二闸板253的前侧表面253c抵接到显影单元D的抵接表面239。因此,随着容器247的旋转,容器247相对于第二闸板253旋转。同时,如图40的(d)部分所示,第二闸板253的卡扣配合部分271的第一被管控表面271d接触容器247的第一管控表面247d的点247h以接收力F14(纵向向内方向)。然后,卡扣配合部分271的臂部分271c从调色剂盒E纵向向内地(朝向第三开口249,图28和图40的(d)部分中的箭头r3的方向)弹性变形。At this time, as shown in part (b) of Figure 39 , the front side surface 253c of the second shutter 253 abuts against the abutment surface 239 of the developing unit D. Therefore, as the container 247 rotates, the container 247 rotates relative to the second shutter 253. Simultaneously, as shown in part (d) of Figure 40 , the first regulated surface 271d of the snap-fit portion 271 of the second shutter 253 contacts a point 247h of the first regulating surface 247d of the container 247, receiving a force F14 (in the longitudinally inward direction). The arm portion 271c of the snap-fit portion 271 then elastically deforms longitudinally inward from the toner cartridge E (toward the third opening 249, in the direction of arrow r3 in parts (d) of Figures 28 and 40 ).
当容器247进一步旋转时,第二闸板253的卡扣配合部分271的第二被管控表面271e抵接到容器247的第一管控部分247d(从图40的(d)部分的状态到图40的(e)部分的状态)。图28的(c)部分、图40的(d)部分和图40的(e)部分示出了卡扣配合部分271的第二被管控表面271e和容器247的第一管控部分247d彼此抵接的状态。在此状态下,卡扣配合部分271的爪部分271a和突起271b的位置相对于调色剂盒E的纵向方向与闸板保持部分263重叠。在此状态下,爪部分271a和突起271b之间的关系为处于接合位置。As the container 247 rotates further, the second regulated surface 271e of the snap-fit portion 271 of the second shutter 253 abuts against the first regulating portion 247d of the container 247 (from the state in part (d) of Figure 40 to the state in part (e) of Figure 40). Part (c) of Figure 28, part (d) of Figure 40, and part (e) of Figure 40 illustrate the state in which the second regulated surface 271e of the snap-fit portion 271 and the first regulating portion 247d of the container 247 abut against each other. In this state, the positions of the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b of the snap-fit portion 271 overlap with the shutter holding portion 263 with respect to the longitudinal direction of the toner cartridge E. In this state, the relationship between the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b is that of an engaged position.
当第三开口249打开时,卡扣配合部分271的爪部分271a相对于调色剂盒E的旋转方向处于显影单元D的闸板保持部分263的下游(箭头e的方向)。卡扣配合部分271按照图28的(a)部分的状态、图28的(b)部分的状态和图28的(c)部分的状态的顺序进行弹性变形(操作)。When the third opening 249 is opened, the claw portion 271a of the snap-fit portion 271 is located downstream (in the direction of arrow e) of the shutter holding portion 263 of the developing unit D with respect to the rotational direction of the toner cartridge E. The snap-fit portion 271 elastically deforms (operates) in the order of the state of part (a) of FIG. 28 , the state of part (b) of FIG. 28 , and the state of part (c) of FIG. 28 .
第一管控表面247d是用于使爪部分271a和突起271b纵向向内(相对于轴向方向向内)移动的移动部分(接合位置移动部分)。当第二闸板253移动到打开位置时(当调色剂盒E旋转以用于安装时),第一管控表面247d推压第一被管控表面271d。通过从第一管控表面247d施加到第一被管控表面271d的力,爪部分271a移动到用于与闸板保持部分263接合的接合位置,并且突起271b也移动到用于与锁定孔263a接合的接合位置。The first regulating surface 247d is a moving portion (engagement position moving portion) for moving the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b longitudinally inward (inward relative to the axial direction). When the second shutter 253 is moved to the open position (when the toner cartridge E is rotated for installation), the first regulating surface 247d pushes against the first regulated surface 271d. Due to the force applied from the first regulating surface 247d to the first regulated surface 271d, the claw portion 271a moves to the engagement position for engagement with the shutter retaining portion 263, and the protrusion 271b also moves to the engagement position for engagement with the locking hole 263a.
第一管控表面247d是用于通过第一被管控表面271d将爪部分271a和突起271b从退避位置引导到接合位置的引导部分。第一管控表面247d是用于通过第一被管控表面271d朝向接合位置推压或加压爪部分271a和突起271b的推压部分(加压部分)。The first regulating surface 247d is a guide portion for guiding the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b from the retracted position to the engaged position via the first regulated surface 271d. The first regulating surface 247d is a pressing portion (pressing portion) for pressing or pressurizing the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b toward the engaged position via the first regulated surface 271d.
另外,当第二闸板253移动到打开位置时,第一管控表面247d纵向向内地推压第二被管控表面271e。由此,第一管控表面247d将接合部分(爪部分271a,突起271b)保持在接合位置。第一管控表面247d是接合位置保持部分。Furthermore, when the second shutter 253 moves to the open position, the first regulating surface 247d pushes the second regulated surface 271e longitudinally inward. Thus, the first regulating surface 247d holds the engaging portion (claw portion 271a, protrusion 271b) in the engaged position. The first regulating surface 247d serves as the engaging position retaining portion.
第一管控表面247d推压设置在支撑接合部分(爪部分271a,突起271b)的支撑部分(臂部分271c)上的第一被管控表面271d和第二被管控表面271e,由此通过臂部分271c推压接合部分。The first regulating surface 247d pushes the first regulated surface 271d and the second regulated surface 271e provided on the supporting portion (arm portion 271c) supporting the engaging portion (claw portion 271a, protrusion 271b), thereby pushing the engaging portion through the arm portion 271c.
然而,可行的替代方案是第一管控表面247d直接接触到接合部分(爪部分271a,突起271b)以推压接合部分。However, a possible alternative is that the first regulating surface 247d directly contacts the engaging portion (claw portion 271a, protrusion 271b) to push the engaging portion.
通过第一管控表面247d,第二闸板253的接合部分(爪部分271a,突起271b)轴向向内移动不小于2.3mm。也就是说,当接合部分从退避位置移动到接合位置时沿着轴向方向(纵向方向)测量的移动距离(运动距离)不小于2.3mm。The engaging portion (claw portion 271a, protrusion 271b) of the second shutter 253 moves axially inward by not less than 2.3 mm via the first control surface 247 d. In other words, the moving distance (movement distance) measured along the axial direction (longitudinal direction) when the engaging portion moves from the retracted position to the engaged position is not less than 2.3 mm.
(第二开口与第三开口连通之前的操作)(Operation before the second opening is connected to the third opening)
如图28的(e)部分和图28的(f)部分所示,当调色剂盒E在箭头e的方向上进一步旋转时,第一闸板237在第二开口230的打开方向(箭头e的方向)上与容器247一体地旋转。另外,容器247相对于第二闸板253旋转。在此时,容器247的第二闸板引导部分252与第一闸板引导部分234接合,并且在箭头e的方向上旋转,同时大致管控容器247的圆筒形状在径向方向上的移动。如图28的(f)部分所示,在第三开口249和第二开口230之间建立了流体连通的状态下,第二开口230和第三开口249的打开操作完成。As shown in parts (e) and (f) of Figure 28 , when the toner cartridge E further rotates in the direction of arrow e, the first shutter 237 rotates integrally with the container 247 in the direction of opening the second opening 230 (the direction of arrow e). Furthermore, the container 247 rotates relative to the second shutter 253. At this time, the second shutter guide portion 252 of the container 247 engages with the first shutter guide portion 234 and rotates in the direction of arrow e, while substantially controlling the radial movement of the cylindrical shape of the container 247. As shown in part (f) of Figure 28 , with fluid communication established between the third opening 249 and the second opening 230, the opening operation of the second opening 230 and the third opening 249 is completed.
在此时,在插入被引导部分242的相对的端部分处的弯曲表面部分(旋转被引导部分)与旋转引导部分235b接合。由此,在第二开口230和第三开口249打开的状态下,调色剂盒E的移动受到管控。关于详细的结构,它们类似于实施例1并且省略其描述。At this time, the curved surface portion (rotation guided portion) at the opposite end portion of the insertion guided portion 242 engages with the rotation guide portion 235b. Thus, with the second opening 230 and the third opening 249 open, the movement of the toner cartridge E is regulated. The detailed structure is similar to that of Embodiment 1 and its description is omitted.
§3.[显影单元到调色剂盒的驱动传递]§3. [Drive transmission from the developing unit to the toner cartridge]
在下文中,将针对在从显影单元D到调色剂盒E传递驱动力时的力进行说明。Hereinafter, description will be made focusing on the force when the driving force is transmitted from the developing unit D to the toner cartridge E. FIG.
(从显影单元到调色剂盒的驱动传递结构)(Drive Transmission Structure from Developing Unit to Toner Cartridge)
参考图43和图44,将描述从显影单元D到调色剂盒E的驱动传递结构。为了进行从显影单元D到调色剂盒E的驱动传递,中间齿轮250和第一驱动传递部分238彼此接合。43 and 44 , a description will be given of a drive transmission structure from the developing unit D to the toner cartridge E. For drive transmission from the developing unit D to the toner cartridge E, the intermediate gear 250 and the first drive transmission portion 238 engage with each other.
在将调色剂盒E安装到显影单元D的途中,中间齿轮250和第一驱动传递部分238彼此不连接,而是中间齿轮250仅与第二驱动传递部分248连接。In the process of mounting the toner cartridge E to the developing unit D, the intermediate gear 250 and the first drive transmission portion 238 are not connected to each other, but the intermediate gear 250 is connected only to the second drive transmission portion 248 .
在调色剂盒E的安装过程中,中间齿轮250的位置相对于调色剂盒E的安装旋转方向(图43中的箭头e的方向)处于第一驱动传递部分238的上游。通过调色剂盒E在安装方向(图43中的箭头e的方向)上的旋转,中间齿轮250接近第一驱动传递部分238。在调色剂盒E到显影单元D的安装已完成的状态下,中间齿轮250与第一驱动传递部分238连接(接合)。由此,能够实现从显影单元D到第二调色剂给送构件246的驱动传递(图43的(b)部分)。也就是说,通过调色剂盒E的旋转,中间齿轮250能够接收旋转力。During installation of the toner cartridge E, the intermediate gear 250 is positioned upstream of the first drive transmission portion 238 relative to the installation rotational direction of the toner cartridge E (the direction of arrow e in FIG. 43 ). As the toner cartridge E rotates in the installation direction (the direction of arrow e in FIG. 43 ), the intermediate gear 250 approaches the first drive transmission portion 238. After the toner cartridge E is installed in the developing unit D, the intermediate gear 250 is connected (engaged) with the first drive transmission portion 238. This enables drive transmission from the developing unit D to the second toner feeding member 246 (part (b) of FIG. 43 ). In other words, the rotation of the toner cartridge E allows the intermediate gear 250 to receive rotational force.
在该实施例中,第二驱动传递部分248和中间齿轮250是螺旋齿轮。因此,通过在驱动传递中产生的推力,第二驱动传递部分248从调色剂盒E纵向向内(沿图35的(c)部分中的箭头r4的方向)移动。因此,在驱动传递时,第二驱动传递部分248的定位表面248c抵接到容器框架247g的表面247g1,从而确定位置。In this embodiment, the second drive transmission portion 248 and the intermediate gear 250 are helical gears. Therefore, due to the thrust generated during drive transmission, the second drive transmission portion 248 moves longitudinally inward from the toner cartridge E (in the direction of arrow r4 in part (c) of Figure 35 ). Therefore, during drive transmission, the positioning surface 248c of the second drive transmission portion 248 abuts against the surface 247g1 of the container frame 247g, thereby determining the position.
在此时,搅拌轴密封件264被容器247的密封抵接表面247f和第二驱动传递部分248的密封表面248a夹住。所以,搅拌轴密封件264在调色剂盒E的纵向方向上被压缩。通过被压缩的搅拌轴密封件264,能够增强第二驱动传递部分248的圆筒部分248b和容器247的容器框架247g之间的空间的密封性质。因此,能够抑制调色剂在第二驱动传递部分248附近从容器247的内部泄漏。At this time, the stirring shaft seal 264 is sandwiched by the sealing abutment surface 247f of the container 247 and the sealing surface 248a of the second drive transmission portion 248. Therefore, the stirring shaft seal 264 is compressed in the longitudinal direction of the toner cartridge E. The compressed stirring shaft seal 264 can enhance the sealing properties of the space between the cylindrical portion 248b of the second drive transmission portion 248 and the container frame 247g of the container 247. Therefore, it is possible to suppress toner leakage from the interior of the container 247 near the second drive transmission portion 248.
通过在实现从显影单元D的第一驱动传递部分238到调色剂盒E的驱动传递时所施加的外力(由中间齿轮250接收的旋转力),产生使整个调色剂盒旋转的力矩。在该实施例中,显影单元D的第一驱动传递部分238在由图43的(b)部分中的箭头q指示的方向上旋转。通过在传递来自于显影单元D的第一驱动传递部分238的驱动力时所施加的外力F16,产生用于调色剂盒E的力矩M1。力矩M1的方向与打开第三开口249时的容器247的旋转方向(箭头e的方向)相同。The external force applied when transmitting drive from the first drive transmission portion 238 of the developing unit D to the toner cartridge E (the rotational force received by the intermediate gear 250) generates a torque that rotates the entire toner cartridge. In this embodiment, the first drive transmission portion 238 of the developing unit D rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow q in part (b) of Figure 43. The external force F16 applied when transmitting the driving force from the first drive transmission portion 238 of the developing unit D generates a torque M1 for the toner cartridge E. The direction of the torque M1 is the same as the direction of rotation of the container 247 when the third opening 249 is opened (the direction of the arrow e).
换句话说,中间齿轮250的旋转移动方向(箭头u的方向)与调色剂盒E的第三开口249打开时的容器247的旋转移动方向(箭头e的方向)相同。也就是说,中间齿轮的旋转移动方向(箭头u的方向)与第二闸板相对于容器247从打开位置旋转到关闭位置时的旋转移动方向(箭头e的方向)相同。In other words, the rotational movement direction of the intermediate gear 250 (the direction of arrow u) is the same as the rotational movement direction of the container 247 (the direction of arrow e) when the third opening 249 of the toner cartridge E is open. In other words, the rotational movement direction of the intermediate gear (the direction of arrow u) is the same as the rotational movement direction (the direction of arrow e) when the second shutter rotates from the open position to the closed position relative to the container 247.
利用该实施例的上述结构,当驱动力从显影单元D传递到调色剂盒E时,在打开第三开口249的方向(箭头e的方向)上的力被施加到调色剂盒E。With the above-described structure of this embodiment, when the driving force is transmitted from the developing unit D to the toner cartridge E, a force is applied to the toner cartridge E in a direction to open the third opening 249 (the direction of arrow e).
由此,在从调色剂盒E排出调色剂时,能够抑制第一闸板237和第二闸板253的关闭。利用相同的结构,即使当调色剂盒E的第三开口249的暴露不完全时,施加到调色剂盒E的力矩M1也能够有效地使整个调色剂盒E在箭头e的方向上旋转以完全打开第三开口249。Thus, closing of the first shutter 237 and the second shutter 253 can be suppressed when the toner is discharged from the toner cartridge E. With the same structure, even when the exposure of the third opening 249 of the toner cartridge E is incomplete, the moment M1 applied to the toner cartridge E can effectively rotate the entire toner cartridge E in the direction of the arrow e to fully open the third opening 249.
从调色剂给送的观点看,第二驱动传递部分248和第二调色剂给送构件246的旋转方向是用以在第三开口249处相对于重力方向(箭头G的方向)向上(图44中的箭头d的方向)移动调色剂。From the perspective of colorant feeding, the rotation direction of the second drive transmission portion 248 and the second colorant feeding member 246 is to move the colorant upward (direction of arrow d in Figure 44) relative to the gravity direction (direction of arrow G) at the third opening 249.
(从调色剂盒到显影单元中的调色剂给送)(Toner feeding from toner cartridge to developing unit)
参考图45,将描述用于将调色剂从调色剂盒E给送到显影单元D中的调色剂给送结构。图45的(a)部分是示出第二调色剂给送构件246的薄片246b的构造和容器247的构造之间的关系的纵向截面图。图45的(b)部分是示出第三开口249附近的第二调色剂给送构件246的薄片246b的构造和容器247的构造之间的关系的截面图。图45的(c)部分是薄片246b的一部分的放大图。图45的(d)部分是示出第二调色剂给送构件246在旋转期间的运动的截面图。With reference to Figure 45 , the toner feeding structure for feeding toner from the toner cartridge E to the developing unit D will be described. Part (a) of Figure 45 is a longitudinal sectional view illustrating the relationship between the configuration of the tab 246b of the second toner feeding member 246 and the configuration of the container 247. Part (b) of Figure 45 is a sectional view illustrating the relationship between the configuration of the tab 246b of the second toner feeding member 246 near the third opening 249 and the configuration of the container 247. Part (c) of Figure 45 is an enlarged view of a portion of the tab 246b. Part (d) of Figure 45 is a sectional view illustrating the movement of the second toner feeding member 246 during rotation.
调色剂盒E中的调色剂通过彼此流体连通的第三开口249和第二开口230由第二调色剂给送构件246给送到显影单元D中。The toner in the toner cartridge E is fed into the developing unit D by the second toner feeding member 246 through the third opening 249 and the second opening 230 which are in fluid communication with each other.
第二调色剂给送构件246借助通过显影单元D的第一驱动传递部分238、中间齿轮250和第二驱动传递部分248接收的驱动力而在调色剂盒E内部旋转。Second toner feeding member 246 rotates inside toner cartridge E by a driving force received through first drive transmission portion 238 of developing unit D, intermediate gear 250, and second drive transmission portion 248.
第二调色剂给送构件246的旋转方向是在第三开口249处将调色剂向上移动的方向(图45的(b)部分中的箭头d的方向)。在此时,第二调色剂给送构件246的薄片246b(图45的(a)部分)设置有多个狭缝。第二调色剂给送构件246的薄片246b的狭缝相对于第三开口249的中心对称地布置。The rotation direction of the second toner feeding member 246 is a direction that moves the toner upward at the third opening 249 (the direction of the arrow d in part (b) of Figure 45). At this time, the sheet 246b (part (a) of the second toner feeding member 246) is provided with a plurality of slits. The slits of the sheet 246b of the second toner feeding member 246 are arranged symmetrically with respect to the center of the third opening 249.
狭缝相对于薄片246b的纵向方向从薄片246b的横向方向中心朝向自由端向内倾斜。更特别地,如图45的(a)部分所示,在薄片246b的自由端处的点246b2相对于横向方向位于在中央部分处的点246b1的纵向内侧。The slit is inclined inwardly from the center in the transverse direction of the thin sheet 246b toward the free end relative to the longitudinal direction of the thin sheet 246b. More specifically, as shown in part (a) of Figure 45, point 246b2 at the free end of the thin sheet 246b is located longitudinally inside of point 246b1 at the central portion relative to the transverse direction.
此外,在薄片246b的纵向方向上的横向形状是沿着容器247的内表面具有轻微的侵入。如图45的(a)部分和图45的(b)部分所示,宽度w3是从薄片246b的第二调色剂给送构件246的旋转中心S到横向方向自由端(246b3、246b4)的距离。类似地,距离w5是在垂直于纵向方向的方向上测量的、从容器247的第二调色剂给送构件246的旋转中心S到容器247的内壁表面上的点247h1的距离。在该实施例中,宽度w3大于距离w5。Furthermore, the transverse shape of sheet 246b in the longitudinal direction is such that it slightly intrudes along the inner surface of container 247. As shown in parts (a) and (b) of Figure 45, width w3 is the distance from the rotation center S of second toner feeding member 246 of sheet 246b to the transverse free ends (246b3, 246b4). Similarly, distance w5 is the distance from the rotation center S of second toner feeding member 246 of container 247 to point 247h1 on the inner wall surface of container 247, measured in a direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction. In this embodiment, width w3 is greater than distance w5.
此外,宽度w4是从薄片246b的第二调色剂给送构件246的旋转中心S到横向方向自由端246b7的距离。距离w6是在垂直于纵向方向的方向上测量的、从容器247的第二调色剂给送构件246的旋转中心S到容器247的内壁表面上的点247h2的距离。在该实施例中,宽度w4大于距离w6。Furthermore, width w4 is the distance from the rotation center S of the second toner feeding member 246 of the sheet 246b to the free end 246b7 in the transverse direction. Distance w6 is the distance measured in a direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction from the rotation center S of the second toner feeding member 246 of the container 247 to a point 247h2 on the inner wall surface of the container 247. In this embodiment, width w4 is greater than distance w6.
利用第二调色剂给送构件246的该结构,第二调色剂给送构件246接触容器247内部的调色剂或容器247的内壁。然后,自由端处的纵向内点246b4在箭头d的方向(图45)上的变形大于薄片246b的自由端处的点246b3。参考图45的(c)部分,这将进一步进行说明。点246b3和点246b4相对于薄片246b的横向方向位于薄片246b的自由端上。点246b4在纵向方向上比点246b3更靠近第三开口249(图45的(a)部分)。当在垂直于纸面的向下方向上的力被施加到薄片246b的点246b3时,支撑点246b5是最近的力接收支撑点,并且距离r10是点246b3和支撑点246b5之间的距离。当力施加到薄片246b的点246b4时,支撑点246b6是最近的力接收支撑点,并且距离r11是点246b4和支撑点246b6之间的距离。点246b3是区域w30中的指定点,在该区域w30中,点246b3和支撑点246b5在相对于薄片构件246b的纵向方向由相邻的狭缝划分的相同段上。点246b4是区域w30中的指定点,在该区域w30中,点246b4和点246b6不在相对于薄片构件246b的纵向方向由相邻狭缝分割的相同段上。With this structure of second toner feeding member 246, second toner feeding member 246 contacts the toner inside container 247 or the inner wall of container 247. Then, longitudinally inner point 246b4 at the free end deforms more in the direction of arrow d (Figure 45) than point 246b3 at the free end of sheet 246b. This will be further explained with reference to part (c) of Figure 45. Points 246b3 and 246b4 are located on the free end of sheet 246b relative to the transverse direction of sheet 246b. Point 246b4 is closer to third opening 249 (part (a) of Figure 45) in the longitudinal direction than point 246b3. When a force in a downward direction perpendicular to the paper is applied to point 246b3 of sheet 246b, support point 246b5 is the closest force-receiving support point, and distance r10 is the distance between point 246b3 and support point 246b5. When a force is applied to point 246b4 of sheet 246b, support point 246b6 is the closest support point receiving the force, and distance r11 is the distance between point 246b4 and support point 246b6. Point 246b3 is a specific point in region w30, where point 246b3 and support point 246b5 are located on the same segment divided by adjacent slits with respect to the longitudinal direction of sheet member 246b. Point 246b4 is a specific point in region w30, where point 246b4 and point 246b6 are not located on the same segment divided by adjacent slits with respect to the longitudinal direction of sheet member 246b.
狭缝的倾斜方向使得当距旋转中心的距离增加时它们朝向薄片构件246b的纵向中央部分。所以,在向点246b3和点246b4施加相同的力时,距支撑点较远的点246b4变形(弯曲)地更多。结果,第二调色剂给送构件246的薄片246b能够朝向纵向中央部分(朝向第三开口249)给送调色剂。另外,通过向上移动第二调色剂给送构件246的结构可以减少无法被排出并且残留在调色剂盒E中的调色剂的量。The slits are inclined so that they move toward the longitudinal center of sheet member 246b as the distance from the center of rotation increases. Therefore, when the same force is applied to point 246b3 and point 246b4, point 246b4, which is farther from the support point, deforms (bends) more. As a result, sheet 246b of second toner feeding member 246 can feed toner toward the longitudinal center (toward third opening 249). Furthermore, by shifting the second toner feeding member 246 upward, the amount of toner that remains in toner cartridge E and cannot be discharged can be reduced.
相对于薄片246b的纵向方向的第三开口249附近在纵向方向上的长于第三开口249的范围内不设置狭缝。更特别地,如图45的(a)部分所示,在纵向方向上测量的第三开口249附近的薄片246b的宽度w7大于在纵向方向上测量的第三开口249的宽度w8。由此,防止薄片246b从第三开口249朝向第二开口230进入(图45的(b)部分)。No slit is provided in the longitudinal direction of the sheet 246b near the third opening 249 within a range longer than the third opening 249. More specifically, as shown in part (a) of FIG45 , a width w7 of the sheet 246b near the third opening 249 measured in the longitudinal direction is greater than a width w8 of the third opening 249 measured in the longitudinal direction. Thus, the sheet 246b is prevented from entering the second opening 230 from the third opening 249 (part (b) of FIG45 ).
结果,在第三开口249附近的调色剂被容器247的内壁刮掉。由此,能够避免薄片246b将调色剂推入显影单元D中从而导致显影单元D中的调色剂的凝集和由此的劣化。As a result, the toner near the third opening 249 is scraped off by the inner wall of the container 247. Thus, it is possible to avoid the sheet 246b pushing the toner into the developing unit D to cause aggregation of the toner in the developing unit D and thus deterioration.
在该实施例中,薄片246b的一个或多个狭缝的角度θ2(图45的(a)部分)相对于薄片246b的纵向方向为70度。In this embodiment, the angle θ2 of the one or more slits of the sheet 246b (part (a) of FIG. 45 ) is 70 degrees relative to the longitudinal direction of the sheet 246b.
薄片246b的构造不限于上述示例中的构造,而是只要能够将调色剂从调色剂盒E稳定地供给到显影单元D中就足够了。The configuration of the sheet 246b is not limited to that in the above-described example, but it is sufficient as long as the toner can be stably supplied from the toner cartridge E to the developing unit D.
利用第二调色剂给送构件246的上述结构,即使排出调色剂的开口较窄,调色剂也能够稳定地排出到显影单元D中。由于沿着纵向方向测量的第三开口249的宽度足以覆盖中央部分,因此可以减小第一密封构件232的尺寸。结果,能够减少密封件的材料用量以节约成本。通过减小第三开口249,能够减少在调色剂盒E的安装和拆卸操作中的调色剂泄漏。The above-described structure of second toner feeding member 246 allows toner to be stably discharged into developing unit D even when the opening for toner discharge is narrow. Since the width of third opening 249, measured along the longitudinal direction, is sufficient to cover the central portion, the size of first sealing member 232 can be reduced. Consequently, the amount of material used for the seal can be reduced, saving costs. By reducing third opening 249, toner leakage during installation and removal of toner cartridge E can be reduced.
在该实施例中,容器247为大致圆筒状,容器247的直径(内径和外径)根据位置而有所不同,正如根据图45的(a)部分所能理解的那样,其中w5>w6。更特别地,在容器247的纵向端部的直径大于在容器247的中央部分(即第三开口249附近)的直径。相应地,在容器247的中央部分的直径更小以便提供用于第二闸板253的空间。在另一方面,容器247在端部侧较大以便提供用于收容调色剂的较大体积。In this embodiment, container 247 is generally cylindrical, and its diameter (inner and outer diameters) varies depending on the position, as can be understood from part (a) of Figure 45 , where w5 > w6. More specifically, the diameter at the longitudinal ends of container 247 is larger than the diameter at the center (i.e., near third opening 249). Accordingly, the diameter at the center is smaller to provide space for second shutter 253. On the other hand, container 247 is larger at the end portions to provide a larger volume for storing toner.
类似于容器247,第二调色剂给送构件246(薄片246b)的直径根据位置而有所不同。如上文所述,第二调色剂给送构件246在轴向方向上的端部侧的直径大于在第二调色剂给送构件246的中央部分(第三开口249附近)的直径。The diameter of the second toner feeding member 246 (sheet 246b) differs depending on the position, similar to the container 247. As described above, the diameter of the second toner feeding member 246 at the end side in the axial direction is larger than the diameter at the center portion of the second toner feeding member 246 (near the third opening 249).
(闸板关闭操作)(Gate closing operation)
参考图46、图47、图48,将描述显影单元D的第一闸板237和调色剂盒E的第二闸板253的关闭操作。46 , 47 , and 48 , the closing operation of the first shutter 237 of the developing unit D and the second shutter 253 of the toner cartridge E will be described.
图46示出了当调色剂盒E的第二闸板253关闭时的容器247的突起245附近,图46的(a)部分是从非驱动侧看到的截面图,并且图46的(b)部分是容器247的突起245附近的放大截面图。Figure 46 shows the vicinity of the protrusion 245 of the container 247 when the second gate 253 of the colorant box E is closed, part (a) of Figure 46 is a cross-sectional view seen from the non-driven side, and part (b) of Figure 46 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of the vicinity of the protrusion 245 of the container 247.
图47示出了当调色剂盒E的第二闸板253关闭时的第二闸板253的卡扣配合部分271的状态。图47的(a)部分是示出第二闸板253的卡扣配合部分271和闸板保持部分263之间相对于纵向方向的关系的放大图。图47的(b)部分是从非驱动侧看到的截面图,其示出了第二闸板253的卡扣配合部分271和闸板保持部分263之间相对于调色剂盒E的旋转方向的位置关系。图47的(c)部分是示出第二闸板253的卡扣配合部分271的突起71b和闸板保持部分263的锁定孔的放大图。Figure 47 shows the state of the snap-fit portion 271 of the second shutter 253 when the second shutter 253 of the colorant cartridge E is closed. Part (a) of Figure 47 is an enlarged view showing the relationship between the snap-fit portion 271 of the second shutter 253 and the shutter retaining portion 263 with respect to the longitudinal direction. Part (b) of Figure 47 is a cross-sectional view as seen from the non-driven side, which shows the positional relationship between the snap-fit portion 271 of the second shutter 253 and the shutter retaining portion 263 with respect to the rotational direction of the colorant cartridge E. Part (c) of Figure 47 is an enlarged view showing the protrusion 71b of the snap-fit portion 271 of the second shutter 253 and the locking hole of the shutter retaining portion 263.
图48示出了调色剂盒E的第二闸板253的关闭过程。图48的(a)部分示出了在调色剂盒E的第二闸板253打开的状态下卡扣配合部分271附近的示意图。图48的(b)部分示出了在调色剂盒E的第二闸板253关闭的状态下卡扣配合部分271附近的示意图。图48的(c)部分是在图48的(a)部分所示的状态下从非驱动侧看到的截面图,并且图48的(d)部分是在图48的(b)部分所示的状态下从非驱动侧看到的截面图。Figure 48 illustrates the closing process of the second shutter 253 of the toner cartridge E. Part (a) of Figure 48 illustrates a schematic diagram of the vicinity of the snap-fit portion 271 in a state where the second shutter 253 of the toner cartridge E is open. Part (b) of Figure 48 illustrates a schematic diagram of the vicinity of the snap-fit portion 271 in a state where the second shutter 253 of the toner cartridge E is closed. Part (c) of Figure 48 is a cross-sectional view as viewed from the non-driven side in the state shown in part (a) of Figure 48, and part (d) of Figure 48 is a cross-sectional view as viewed from the non-driven side in the state shown in part (b) of Figure 48.
第一闸板37和第二闸板253的关闭操作与打开操作相反。第一闸板237和第二闸板253的关闭方向与驱动第二调色剂给送构件246时的旋转方向相反(图46的(a)部分、图47的(b)部分、图48的(c)部分和图48的(d)部分中的箭头h的方向)。The closing operation of the first shutter 37 and the second shutter 253 is opposite to the opening operation. The closing direction of the first shutter 237 and the second shutter 253 is opposite to the rotation direction when the second colorant feeding member 246 is driven (the direction of arrow h in part (a) of Figure 46, part (b) of Figure 47, part (c) of Figure 48, and part (d) of Figure 48).
首先,在图46所示的状态下,用户握持住握持构件244并且在关闭方向(箭头h的方向)上旋转容器247。然后,容器247的突起245的表面245b抵接到第一闸板237的孔部分237a的表面237a2。由此,第一闸板237从表面237a2接收力F18以与容器247相关联地旋转从而关闭第二开口230。First, in the state shown in FIG46 , the user grips the grip member 244 and rotates the container 247 in the closing direction (the direction of the arrow h). The surface 245b of the protrusion 245 of the container 247 then abuts against the surface 237a2 of the hole portion 237a of the first shutter 237. As a result, the first shutter 237 receives a force F18 from the surface 237a2 to rotate in conjunction with the container 247, thereby closing the second opening 230.
在此时,如图47的(a)部分所示,第二闸板253的卡扣配合部分271的突起271b和爪部分271a的位置在调色剂盒E的纵向方向上与显影单元D的闸板保持部分263重叠。如图47的(b)部分所示,卡扣配合部分271的爪部分271a相对于打开调色剂盒E的第三开口249的打开方向处于显影单元D的闸板保持部分263的下游(图47中的箭头e的方向)。At this time, as shown in part (a) of Figure 47 , the positions of the projection 271b and the claw portion 271a of the snap-fit portion 271 of the second shutter 253 overlap with the shutter holding portion 263 of the developing unit D in the longitudinal direction of the toner cartridge E. As shown in part (b) of Figure 47 , the claw portion 271a of the snap-fit portion 271 is located downstream of the shutter holding portion 263 of the developing unit D with respect to the opening direction of the third opening 249 of the toner cartridge E (in the direction of arrow e in Figure 47 ).
所以,当容器247在关闭方向(箭头h的方向)上旋转时,第二闸板237的卡扣配合部分271的爪部分271a和闸板保持部分263在容器247的关闭方向(箭头h的方向)上彼此接触(图47的(c)部分)。Therefore, when the container 247 rotates in the closing direction (the direction of arrow h), the claw portion 271a of the snap-fit portion 271 of the second gate plate 237 and the gate plate retaining portion 263 contact each other in the closing direction (the direction of arrow h) of the container 247 (part (c) of Figure 47).
另外,第二闸板253的突起271b与闸板保持部分263的锁定孔263a接合(图47的(c)部分)。所以,第二闸板253在容器247的关闭方向(箭头h的方向)上由锁定保持部分262管控。随着调色剂盒E在箭头h的方向上的旋转,第二闸板253相对于容器247移动。由此,第二闸板253关闭第三开口249(图38(从图48的(c)部分到图48的(d)部分))。In addition, the protrusion 271b of the second shutter 253 engages with the locking hole 263a of the shutter holding portion 263 (part (c) of Figure 47). Therefore, the second shutter 253 is controlled by the locking holding portion 262 in the closing direction of the container 247 (the direction of arrow h). As the colorant cartridge E rotates in the direction of arrow h, the second shutter 253 moves relative to the container 247. As a result, the second shutter 253 closes the third opening 249 (Figure 38 (from part (c) of Figure 48 to part (d) of Figure 48)).
更特别地,爪部分271a至少在第二闸板253的径向向外的方向(相对于旋转半径方向向外)突出。由此,当容器247旋转时,爪部分271a接触(接合)到闸板保持部分263。爪部分271a是用于接收用于将第二闸板253从闸板保持部分263移动到关闭位置的力的接合部分(关闭力接收部分)。当容器247通过由爪部分271a从闸板保持部分263接收的力旋转时,第二闸板253的移动被管控。换句话说,通过由爪部分271a接收的力,第二闸板253相对于容器247从打开位置旋转到关闭位置。More specifically, the claw portion 271a protrudes at least in the radially outward direction of the second shutter 253 (outward relative to the direction of the rotation radius). Thus, when the container 247 rotates, the claw portion 271a contacts (engages) with the shutter retaining portion 263. The claw portion 271a is an engagement portion (closing force receiving portion) for receiving the force for moving the second shutter 253 from the shutter retaining portion 263 to the closed position. When the container 247 rotates by the force received by the claw portion 271a from the shutter retaining portion 263, the movement of the second shutter 253 is controlled. In other words, by the force received by the claw portion 271a, the second shutter 253 rotates from the open position to the closed position relative to the container 247.
另外,突起271b至少在箭头e的方向(第二闸板253相对于容器247从打开位置到关闭位置的旋转移动方向)上朝向上游侧突出。由此,当第二闸板253从打开位置旋转到关闭位置时,突起271b能够保持与锁定孔263a接合。通过突起271b与锁定孔263a接合,爪部分271a和闸板保持部分263之间的接合状态(接触状态)得以保持。Furthermore, the projection 271b projects upstream at least in the direction of arrow e (the direction of rotational movement of the second shutter 253 from the open position to the closed position relative to the container 247). Thus, when the second shutter 253 rotates from the open position to the closed position, the projection 271b can remain engaged with the locking hole 263a. By engaging the projection 271b with the locking hole 263a, the engagement (contact) between the claw portion 271a and the shutter retaining portion 263 is maintained.
也就是说,突起271b是能够与锁定孔263a接合的接合部分(第二接合部分),并且是用于保持爪部分271a和闸板保持部分263之间的接合状态的接合保持部分。突起271b小于爪部分271a。更特别地,突起271b的高度(沿着突起271b突出的方向测量)小于爪部分271a的高度(沿着爪部分271a突出的方向测量)。在该实施例中,爪部分271a的高度为5.6mm,突起271b的高度为0.3mm。突起271b的高度优选地不小于0.1mm并且不大于0.5mm。That is, protrusion 271b is an engaging portion (second engaging portion) that can engage with locking hole 263a and is an engaging and maintaining portion for maintaining the engagement between claw portion 271a and shutter retaining portion 263. Protrusion 271b is smaller than claw portion 271a. More specifically, the height of protrusion 271b (measured along the direction in which protrusion 271b protrudes) is smaller than the height of claw portion 271a (measured along the direction in which claw portion 271a protrudes). In this embodiment, the height of claw portion 271a is 5.6 mm, and the height of protrusion 271b is 0.3 mm. The height of protrusion 271b is preferably not less than 0.1 mm and not more than 0.5 mm.
如图48的(a)部分和图48的(b)部分所示,第二闸板253的第一被管控表面271d或第二被管控表面271e接触容器247的角部分247h和第一管控表面247d,直到第三开口249关闭。由此,保持第二闸板253的第一被管控表面271d或第二被管控表面271e相对于卡扣配合部分271的纵向方向的位置。第一管控表面247d是用于将爪部分271a和突起271b保持在接合位置的接合位置保持部分。As shown in parts (a) and (b) of Figure 48, the first regulated surface 271d or the second regulated surface 271e of the second shutter 253 contacts the corner portion 247h of the container 247 and the first regulating surface 247d until the third opening 249 is closed. As a result, the position of the first regulated surface 271d or the second regulated surface 271e of the second shutter 253 relative to the longitudinal direction of the snap-fit portion 271 is maintained. The first regulating surface 247d is an engagement position maintaining portion for maintaining the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b in the engaged position.
当调色剂盒E在关闭第三开口249之后进一步旋转时,卡扣配合部分271的第三被管控表面271f抵接到第二管控表面247e。卡扣配合部分271的第三被管控表面271f从容器247的第二管控表面247e接收纵向向外的力F17。在此时,第二被管控表面271e不与容器247的第一管控表面247d接触。卡扣配合部分271的爪部分271a和突起271b通过力F17(图48的(b)部分中的箭头r6)相对于闸板保持部分263在纵向向外的方向上脱离。结果,第二闸板253的卡扣配合部分271的爪部分271a和突起271b的位置相对于显影单元D的闸板保持部分263安置在与安装之前相同的位置(图42的状态)。在此状态下,调色剂盒E到显影单元D的定位被释放,以使得调色剂盒E变为能够被拆卸。When the toner cartridge E rotates further after closing the third opening 249, the third regulated surface 271f of the snap-fit portion 271 abuts the second regulating surface 247e. The third regulated surface 271f of the snap-fit portion 271 receives a longitudinally outward force F17 from the second regulating surface 247e of the container 247. At this point, the second regulated surface 271e is no longer in contact with the first regulating surface 247d of the container 247. The claw portion 271a and protrusion 271b of the snap-fit portion 271 are disengaged longitudinally outward from the shutter retaining portion 263 by the force F17 (arrow r6 in part (b) of Figure 48). As a result, the claw portion 271a and protrusion 271b of the snap-fit portion 271 of the second shutter 253 are positioned relative to the shutter retaining portion 263 of the developing unit D in the same position as before installation (the state shown in Figure 42). In this state, the positioning of the toner cartridge E to the developing unit D is released, so that the toner cartridge E becomes detachable.
第二管控表面247e是用于使爪部分271a和突起271b在纵向向外的方向(轴向向外的方向)上移动的移动部分(退避位置移动部分)。当第二闸板253移动到关闭位置时(当旋转调色剂盒E以拆卸它时),第二管控表面247e推压第三被管控表面271f。通过从第二管控表面247e施加到第三被管控表面271f的力,爪部分271a移动到退避位置,其中与闸板保持部分263的接合被释放。类似地,突起271b移动到用于从锁定孔263a释放的退避位置。The second regulating surface 247e is a moving portion (retracted position moving portion) for moving the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b in the longitudinally outward direction (axially outward direction). When the second shutter 253 is moved to the closed position (when the toner cartridge E is rotated to remove it), the second regulating surface 247e pushes against the third regulated surface 271f. The force applied from the second regulating surface 247e to the third regulated surface 271f causes the claw portion 271a to move to the retracted position, where it is released from the shutter retaining portion 263. Similarly, the protrusion 271b moves to the retracted position for release from the locking hole 263a.
作为用于将接合部分(爪部分271a,突起271b)从接合位置引导到退避位置的引导部分的第二管控表面247e是用于通过第三被管控表面271f朝向退避位置推压或加压爪部分271a和突起271b的推压部分(加压部分)。The second regulating surface 247e, which serves as a guide portion for guiding the engaging portion (claw portion 271a, protrusion 271b) from the engaging position to the retracted position, is a pushing portion (pressing portion) for pushing or pressing the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b toward the retracted position through the third regulated surface 271f.
第二管控表面247b通过使支撑接合部分(爪部分271a,突起271b)的臂部分271c与第三被管控表面271f接触而推压接合部分。然而,第二管控表面247b可以与接合部分(爪部分271a,突起271b)直接接触。The second regulating surface 247b pushes the engaging portion by making the arm portion 271c supporting the engaging portion (claw portion 271a, protrusion 271b) contact the third regulated surface 271f. However, the second regulating surface 247b may directly contact the engaging portion (claw portion 271a, protrusion 271b).
接合部分(爪部分271a,突起271b)由第二管控表面247b轴向向外移动不小于1.3mm。也就是说,在接合部分由第二管控表面247b移动到退避位置时的移动距离(运动距离)沿着轴向方向测量为不小于1.3mm。由此,突起271b可靠地从锁定孔263a脱离。The engaging portion (claw portion 271a, protrusion 271b) moves axially outward from the second control surface 247b by no less than 1.3 mm. In other words, the moving distance (movement distance) of the engaging portion when it moves from the second control surface 247b to the retracted position is no less than 1.3 mm measured in the axial direction. As a result, the protrusion 271b is reliably disengaged from the locking hole 263a.
第二管控表面247e是用于将接合部分保持在退避位置的退避位置保持部分。第二管控表面247e管控接合部分(271a,突起271b)到接合位置的移动。当调色剂盒E大致线性地插入显影单元D中或者从显影单元D中取出时,接合部分被保持在退避位置,并且因此,接合部分不会阻碍这样的调色剂盒的操作。The second regulating surface 247e is a retracted position retaining portion for retaining the engaging portion in the retracted position. The second regulating surface 247e regulates the movement of the engaging portion (271a, protrusion 271b) to the engaged position. When the toner cartridge E is substantially linearly inserted into or removed from the developing unit D, the engaging portion is retained in the retracted position, and therefore, the engaging portion does not hinder the operation of such a toner cartridge.
当爪部分271a和突起271b移动到退避位置时,也要用到卡扣配合部分271(臂部分271c)的弹力。也就是说,在第二闸板253从打开位置移动到关闭位置的过程中,卡扣配合部分271离开第一管控表面247d。然后,弹性变形的卡扣配合部分271(臂部分271c)趋于恢复。通过卡扣配合271在此时的运动(弹力),爪部分271a和突起271b移动到退避位置。When the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b move to the retracted position, the elastic force of the snap-fit portion 271 (arm portion 271c) is also utilized. Specifically, as the second gate 253 moves from the open position to the closed position, the snap-fit portion 271 moves away from the first control surface 247d. The elastically deformed snap-fit portion 271 (arm portion 271c) then tends to recover. The movement (elastic force) of the snap-fit portion 271 at this point causes the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b to move to the retracted position.
也就是说,在没有第二管控表面247e的情况下,爪部分271a和突起271b能够通过卡扣配合部分271(臂部分271c)的弹力而可移动到退避位置。That is, without the second regulating surface 247 e , the claw portion 271 a and the projection 271 b can be movable to the retreat position by the elastic force of the snap-fit portion 271 (arm portion 271 c ).
然而,如果第二闸板253处于打开位置,并且卡扣配合部分271由第一管控表面247d长期保持变形,则卡扣配合部分271可能会塑性变形。在这样的情况下,卡扣配合部分271的弹力较小,使得爪部分271a和突起271b不能移动到退避位置。鉴于此,在该实施例中,退避位置移动部分(第二管控表面247e)用于通过作用于卡扣配合部分271而将爪部分271a和突起271b移动到退避位置,以使得爪部分271a和突起271b可靠地移动到退避位置。However, if the second shutter 253 is in the open position and the snap-fit portion 271 is deformed by the first control surface 247d for a long time, the snap-fit portion 271 may be plastically deformed. In such a case, the elastic force of the snap-fit portion 271 is small, so that the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b cannot move to the retracted position. In view of this, in this embodiment, the retracted position moving portion (second control surface 247e) is used to move the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b to the retracted position by acting on the snap-fit portion 271, so that the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b can be reliably moved to the retracted position.
然而,退避位置移动部分(第二管控表面247e)是可以省略的,只要能够确保支撑爪部分271a和/或突起271b的臂部分271c(支撑部分,连接部分)的弹力即可。However, the retreat position moving portion (second regulating surface 247e) may be omitted as long as the elastic force of the arm portion 271c (supporting portion, connecting portion) supporting the claw portion 271a and/or the protrusion 271b can be ensured.
例如,将金属板簧等用于臂部分271c,则臂部分271c不容易塑性变形并且能保持弹力。由此,在没有退避位置移动部分(第二管控表面247e)的情况下,爪部分271a和突起271b能够移动到退避位置。For example, if a metal leaf spring or the like is used for the arm portion 271c, the arm portion 271c is not easily plastically deformed and can maintain elastic force. Thus, without the retreat position moving portion (second control surface 247e), the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b can be moved to the retreat position.
替代地,可以提供附加的弹性构件(弹性部分),而不提供本身具有弹性的支撑部分(臂部分271c)。例如,利用轴将支撑部分(臂部分)可旋转地安装在闸板的主体部分253m上。然后,可以考虑在轴上设置扭转弹簧(弹性构件,弹性部分)以将支撑部分推压到退避位置。在支撑部分本身没有变形的情况下,接合部分(爪部分271a,突起271b)能够通过支撑部分的旋转而移动,另外,接合部分能够通过扭转弹簧的弹力而从接合位置移动到退避位置。Alternatively, an additional elastic member (elastic portion) can be provided instead of providing a support portion (arm portion 271c) that is elastic in itself. For example, the support portion (arm portion) is rotatably mounted on the main body portion 253m of the gate using an axis. Then, it is considered to provide a torsion spring (elastic member, elastic portion) on the axis to push the support portion to the retreat position. Without deforming the support portion itself, the engaging portion (claw portion 271a, protrusion 271b) can be moved by rotating the supporting portion, and further, the engaging portion can be moved from the engaging position to the retreat position by the elastic force of the torsion spring.
利用第二闸板253的上述结构,尽管通过包括旋转在内的安装和拆卸操作将调色剂盒安装到显影单元,但是仍然能够可靠地打开和关闭它们的闸板。With the above-described structure of second shutter 253, although the toner cartridge is mounted to the developing unit through mounting and demounting operations including rotation, their shutters can be reliably opened and closed.
如上文所述,在该实施例中,通过第二闸板的打开和关闭操作,爪部分271a和突起271b相对于闸板的主体部分253m在容器框架247g的纵向方向(旋转轴线方向,中心轴线方向)上移动。由此,爪部分271a和突起271b能够在接合位置和退避位置之间移动。然而,这并不意味着爪部分271a和突起271b仅在容器框架的纵向方向上移动。也就是说,爪部分271a和突起271b的移动方向不限于与纵向方向平行的方向。As described above, in this embodiment, the second shutter is opened and closed, causing the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b to move in the longitudinal direction (rotational axis direction, central axis direction) of the container frame 247g relative to the main body portion 253m of the shutter. Thus, the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b are able to move between the engaged position and the retracted position. However, this does not mean that the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b move only in the longitudinal direction of the container frame. In other words, the movement direction of the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b is not limited to a direction parallel to the longitudinal direction.
当爪部分271a和突起271b在纵向方向上移动时,它们也可以在容器框架247g的径向方向和/或容器框架的圆周方向上移动。When the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b move in the longitudinal direction, they may also move in the radial direction of the container frame 247g and/or the circumferential direction of the container frame.
在该实施例中,当爪部分271a和突起271b在退避位置和接合位置之间移动时,它们也在圆周方向上相对于闸板的主体部分移动。更特别地,当爪部分271a和突起271b从退避位置移动到接合位置时,它们朝向第二闸板253的后端移动。In this embodiment, when the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b move between the retracted position and the engaged position, they also move in the circumferential direction relative to the main body of the gate. More specifically, when the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b move from the retracted position to the engaged position, they move toward the rear end of the second gate 253.
在该实施例中,用于将第二闸板253的接合部分(爪部分271a和突起271b)移动到接合位置的接合位置移动部分(第一管控表面247d)是由容器274的突起(突出部)形成的表面。类似地,用于将接合部分(爪部分271a和突起271b)移动到退避位置的退避位置移动部分(第二管控表面247e)是容器274的突起(突出部)。In this embodiment, the engaging position moving portion (first regulating surface 247d) for moving the engaging portion (claw portion 271a and protrusion 271b) of the second shutter 253 to the engaging position is a surface formed by a protrusion (protrusion) of the container 274. Similarly, the retracted position moving portion (second regulating surface 247e) for moving the engaging portion (claw portion 271a and protrusion 271b) to the retracted position is a protrusion (protrusion) of the container 274.
然而,接合位置移动部分(第一管控表面247d)和/或退避位置移动部分(第二管控表面247e)可以是设置在容器274上的凹部(凹槽)。例如,可以考虑将卡扣配合部分271设置在形成于容器247上的凹槽(凹部)中,并且接合部分(爪部分271a和/或突起271b)沿着该凹槽移动到退避位置和/或接合位置。However, the engaging position moving portion (first regulating surface 247d) and/or the retracted position moving portion (second regulating surface 247e) may be a recess (groove) provided on the container 274. For example, it is conceivable that the snap-fit portion 271 is provided in a recess (recess) formed on the container 247, and the engaging portion (claw portion 271a and/or protrusion 271b) moves along the recess to the retracted position and/or the engaging position.
<实施例5><Example 5>
在该实施例中,采用的结构用于改进设置在显影单元D上的闸板的打开和关闭的可靠性。In this embodiment, a structure for improving the reliability of opening and closing of the shutter provided on the developing unit D is adopted.
在该实施例的描述中,与上述实施例中相同的附图标记被赋予在该实施例中具有相应功能的元件,并且为了简单起见而省略其详细描述。在附图中,为了简化说明而省略了一部分的形状或元件。该实施例中的元件的尺寸、材料、构造、相对位置可以根据装置的结构和/或各种条件适当地修改。所以,本发明不限于该实施例中的具体结构。In the description of this embodiment, the same reference numerals as in the above-described embodiment are assigned to elements having corresponding functions in this embodiment, and their detailed description is omitted for simplicity. In the accompanying drawings, some shapes or elements are omitted for simplicity of description. The size, material, construction, and relative position of the elements in this embodiment can be appropriately modified according to the structure of the device and/or various conditions. Therefore, the present invention is not limited to the specific structure in this embodiment.
§1.[引导部分]§1.[Introduction]
在该实施例中,调色剂盒E的设置有第二驱动传递部分348的一侧被称为驱动侧,而另一侧被称为非驱动侧。设置在驱动侧的插入被引导部分被称为插入被引导部分(驱动)343。设置在非驱动侧的插入被引导部分被称为插入被引导部分(非)342。In this embodiment, the side of the toner cartridge E on which the second drive transmission portion 348 is provided is referred to as the drive side, and the other side is referred to as the non-drive side. The insertion guided portion provided on the drive side is referred to as the insertion guided portion (drive) 343. The insertion guided portion provided on the non-drive side is referred to as the insertion guided portion (non) 342.
另外,设置在驱动侧的插入引导部分被称为插入引导部分(驱动)336d。设置在非驱动侧的插入引导部分被称为插入引导部分(非)335d。In addition, the insertion guide portion provided on the driving side is referred to as an insertion guide portion (driving) 336d, and the insertion guide portion provided on the non-driving side is referred to as an insertion guide portion (non-) 335d.
参考图49、图50、图51,将描述主要部分。图49是在该实施例中将调色剂盒E安装到显影单元D之前的透视图。图50是显影单元D的第二开口330附近的截面图。图50的(a)部分是从驱动侧看到的截面图,并且图50的(b)部分是从非驱动侧看到的截面图。在该实施例中,显影单元D的纵向方向是与显影单元D的显影辊324的轴向平行的方向。图51是调色剂盒E的透视图,图51的(a)部分是从第二驱动传递部分348看到的透视图,并且图51的(b)部分是从相对侧看到的透视图。With reference to Figures 49, 50, and 51, the main parts will be described. Figure 49 is a perspective view before the colorant box E is installed on the developing unit D in this embodiment. Figure 50 is a sectional view near the second opening 330 of the developing unit D. Part (a) of Figure 50 is a sectional view seen from the drive side, and part (b) of Figure 50 is a sectional view seen from the non-drive side. In this embodiment, the longitudinal direction of the developing unit D is a direction parallel to the axial direction of the developing roller 324 of the developing unit D. Figure 51 is a perspective view of the colorant box E, part (a) of Figure 51 is a perspective view seen from the second drive transmission part 348, and part (b) of Figure 51 is a perspective view seen from the opposite side.
如图49、图50、图51所示,在该实施例中,调色剂盒E插入显影单元D中的插入方向f是沿着插入引导部分(驱动)336d和插入引导部分(非)335d的直线方向。该实施例中的插入方向f与在截面的方向上看设置在调色剂盒E的容器347上的突起345从容器347突出的方向(图51中的J方向)大致相同。这是由于在将调色剂盒E插入显影单元D中达到预定的安装位置时,容器347的突起345需要与第一闸板337的孔部分337a接合。As shown in Figures 49, 50, and 51, in this embodiment, the insertion direction f of the toner cartridge E into the developer unit D is along the straight line between the insertion guide portion (drive) 336d and the insertion guide portion (non-) 335d. The insertion direction f in this embodiment is substantially the same as the direction in which the protrusion 345 provided on the container 347 of the toner cartridge E protrudes from the container 347 when viewed in a cross-sectional direction (direction J in Figure 51). This is because when the toner cartridge E is inserted into the developer unit D to a predetermined installation position, the protrusion 345 of the container 347 must engage with the hole portion 337a of the first shutter 337.
关于容器347的突起345的详细结构,前述实施例中的说明内容适用,并且因此省略其详细描述。Regarding the detailed structure of the protrusion 345 of the container 347, the description contents in the aforementioned embodiment are applicable, and thus a detailed description thereof is omitted.
然而,要重复说明的是,插入被引导部分(非)342设置有抵接部分342a,所述抵接部分在插入调色剂盒E时抵接到显影单元D的被抵接部分335a(图50的(b)部分)。插入被引导部分(非)342包括旋转被引导部分342b,以用于当第一闸板337(图49)和第二闸板353(图51的(a)部分)打开和关闭时引导容器框架347a。插入被引导部分(非)342包括被管控部分(待管控)(被管控表面)342c1、342c2,以用于管控插入操作中的调色剂盒E的插入姿势和移动方向。However, it is to be reiterated that the insertion guided portion (non) 342 is provided with an abutting portion 342a that abuts against the abutted portion 335a of the developing unit D (part (b) of Figure 50) when the colorant cartridge E is inserted. The insertion guided portion (non) 342 includes a rotating guided portion 342b for guiding the container frame 347a when the first shutter 337 (Figure 49) and the second shutter 353 (part (a) of Figure 51) are opened and closed. The insertion guided portion (non) 342 includes regulated portions (to be regulated) (regulated surfaces) 342c1, 342c2 for regulating the insertion posture and movement direction of the colorant cartridge E during the insertion operation.
插入被引导部分(驱动)343相对于调色剂盒E的纵向方向设置在第二驱动传递部分348的端部分处,但是它也可以设置在容器347上。此外,插入被引导部分(驱动)343设置有抵接部分343a,所述抵接部分在插入调色剂盒E时抵接到显影单元D的被抵接部分336a。插入被引导部分(驱动)343也用作旋转被引导部分,以用于当抵接部分343a打开和关闭第一闸板337和第二闸板353时引导容器框架347a的旋转。The insertion guided portion (drive) 343 is provided at an end portion of the second drive transmitting portion 348 with respect to the longitudinal direction of the toner cartridge E, but it may be provided on the container 347. Further, the insertion guided portion (drive) 343 is provided with an abutting portion 343a that abuts against the abutted portion 336a of the developing unit D when the toner cartridge E is inserted. The insertion guided portion (drive) 343 also serves as a rotation guided portion for guiding the rotation of the container frame 347a when the abutting portion 343a opens and closes the first shutter 337 and the second shutter 353.
在该实施例中,在插入被引导部分(非)342中,抵接部分342a、旋转被引导部分342b、管控部分342c1和管控部分342c2与插入被引导部分(非)342b成一体。然而,它们可以是独立的构件,只要能执行它们的功能即可。In this embodiment, the abutment portion 342a, the rotation guided portion 342b, the control portion 342c1, and the control portion 342c2 are integrated with the insertion guided portion (non) 342b in the insertion guided portion (non) 342b. However, they may be independent components as long as they can perform their functions.
(插入被引导部分(驱动)和插入引导部分(驱动)之间的关系)(Relationship between Insertion Guided Portion (Drive) and Insertion Guide Portion (Drive))
首先参考图52、图53,将针对该实施例中的插入被引导部分(驱动)343和插入引导部分(驱动)336d之间的关系进行说明。图52是该实施例中的插入被引导部分(驱动)343和插入引导部分(驱动)336d附近的纵向截面图。First, the relationship between the insertion guided portion (drive) 343 and the insertion guide portion (drive) 336d in this embodiment will be described with reference to Figures 52 and 53. Figure 52 is a longitudinal sectional view of the insertion guided portion (drive) 343 and the insertion guide portion (drive) 336d in this embodiment.
图53是示出另一种类型的插入被引导部分(驱动)343和插入引导部分(驱动)336d的构造的截面图。FIG53 is a cross-sectional view showing the configuration of another type of the insertion guided portion (drive) 343 and the insertion guiding portion (drive) 336d.
在该实施例中,插入被引导部分(驱动)343的构造为圆筒状。插入被引导部分(驱动)343具有直径D1。插入引导部分(驱动)336d的宽度(在与调色剂盒E的插入方向f交叉的方向上测量)如下所述。在调色剂盒E插入显影单元D的途中,插入引导部分(驱动)的宽度为w9,并且在调色剂盒E的安装完成之后,插入引导部分(驱动)的宽度为w10。In this embodiment, the insertion guide portion (drive) 343 is cylindrical. The insertion guide portion (drive) 343 has a diameter D1. The width of the insertion guide portion (drive) 336d (measured in a direction intersecting the insertion direction f of the toner cartridge E) is as follows. While the toner cartridge E is being inserted into the developing unit D, the width of the insertion guide portion (drive) is w9. After the toner cartridge E is installed, the width of the insertion guide portion (drive) is w10.
插入被引导部分(驱动)用于引导调色剂盒E插入到显影单元D中。插入被引导部分(驱动)343与第二驱动传递部分348成一体,并且当在完成调色剂盒E的插入之后进行驱动传递时,插入引导部分(驱动)343与第二驱动传递部分348一体地旋转。所以,必要的是插入被引导部分(驱动)343在调色剂盒E的插入过程中与插入引导部分(驱动)协作以用作插入引导件,并且在插入完成之后当驱动力传递到第二驱动传递部分348时能够旋转。所以,在该实施例中,插入引导部分(驱动)336d的构造使得在将调色剂盒E插入显影单元D的过程中的宽度w9和完成安装之后的宽度w10相同,并且满足D1<w9=w10。The insertion guided portion (drive) is used to guide the insertion of the toner cartridge E into the developing unit D. The insertion guided portion (drive) 343 is integral with the second drive transmission portion 348, and when drive transmission is performed after the insertion of the toner cartridge E is completed, the insertion guide portion (drive) 343 rotates integrally with the second drive transmission portion 348. Therefore, it is necessary that the insertion guided portion (drive) 343 cooperates with the insertion guide portion (drive) to serve as an insertion guide during the insertion of the toner cartridge E, and is able to rotate when the driving force is transmitted to the second drive transmission portion 348 after the insertion is completed. Therefore, in this embodiment, the insertion guide portion (drive) 336d is constructed so that the width w9 during the insertion of the toner cartridge E into the developing unit D and the width w10 after the installation are completed are the same, and D1<w9=w10 is satisfied.
在该实施例中,插入被引导部分(驱动)343的构造为圆筒状,但这并不是限制性的,并且图53所示的构造也是可用的。图53所示的插入被引导部分(驱动)343的构造使得调色剂盒E在插入方向f(突起345从容器347突出的方向,图50)上的尺寸小于在插入引导部分(驱动)336d的横向方向上的尺寸。插入被引导部分(驱动)343在插入方向f上的宽度为w12,并且插入被引导部分(驱动)343在插入被引导部分(驱动)336d的横向方向上的宽度为w13,并且相应地满足w12<w13。利用这样的构造,插入被引导部分(驱动)343在调色剂盒E的插入过程中与插入引导部分(驱动)336d协作以用作插入引导件,并且在插入完成之后当驱动力传递到第二驱动传递部分348时能够旋转。In this embodiment, the insertion guided portion (drive) 343 is cylindrical in shape, but this is not restrictive, and the configuration shown in FIG53 is also applicable. The configuration of the insertion guided portion (drive) 343 shown in FIG53 is such that the size of the toner cartridge E in the insertion direction f (the direction in which the protrusion 345 protrudes from the container 347, FIG50 ) is smaller than the size in the lateral direction of the insertion guide portion (drive) 336 d. The width of the insertion guided portion (drive) 343 in the insertion direction f is w12, and the width of the insertion guided portion (drive) 343 in the lateral direction of the insertion guided portion (drive) 336 d is w13, with w12 < w13 being satisfied accordingly. With this configuration, the insertion guided portion (drive) 343 cooperates with the insertion guide portion (drive) 336 d during the insertion of the toner cartridge E to serve as an insertion guide, and can rotate after the insertion is complete when the driving force is transmitted to the second drive transmission portion 348.
(插入被引导部分(非)和插入引导部分(非)之间的关系)(Relationship between the inserted guided portion (non-) and the inserted guiding portion (non-))
参考图54,将描述插入被引导部分(非)342和插入引导部分(非)335d之间的关系。图54是示出该实施例中的插入被引导部分(非)342和插入引导部分(非)335d附近的纵向截面图。The relationship between the insertion guided portion (non) 342 and the insertion guide portion (non) 335d will be described with reference to Figure 54. Figure 54 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the vicinity of the insertion guided portion (non) 342 and the insertion guide portion (non) 335d in this embodiment.
在该实施例中,插入被引导部分(非)342具有在安装方向f上的长边。插入被引导部分(非)342在安装方向f上的长边的长度为w16,并且插入被引导部分(非)342在插入引导部分(非)355d的横向方向上的宽度为w17,并且相应地满足w16>w17。插入引导件(非)335d在调色剂盒E插入显影单元D的途中的宽度为w14,并且相应地满足w17<w14。另外,当第一闸板337(图49)和第二闸板353(图51)打开和关闭时用于引导调色剂盒E的旋转的旋转引导部分(非)335b的宽度为w15,并且相应地满足w16<w15。通过满足这些条件,作为插入引导部分(非)342在安装方向f上延伸的长边部分的被管控部分(被管控表面)342c1、342c2管控调色剂盒E沿着插入引导件(非)335d的宽度的插入姿势和移动方向。与上述实施例类似地,可以执行调色剂盒E的安装操作。In this embodiment, the insertion guide portion (non) 342 has a long side in the installation direction f. The length of the long side of the insertion guide portion (non) 342 in the installation direction f is w16, and the width of the insertion guide portion (non) 342 in the transverse direction of the insertion guide portion (non) 355d is w17, and accordingly, w16>w17 is satisfied. The width of the insertion guide (non) 335d when the colorant cartridge E is inserted into the developing unit D is w14, and accordingly, w17<w14 is satisfied. In addition, the width of the rotation guide portion (non) 335b for guiding the rotation of the colorant cartridge E when the first shutter 337 (Figure 49) and the second shutter 353 (Figure 51) are opened and closed is w15, and accordingly, w16<w15 is satisfied. By satisfying these conditions, the regulated portions (regulated surfaces) 342c1, 342c2, which are the long side portions of the insertion guide portion (non) 342 extending in the installation direction f, regulate the insertion posture and movement direction of the toner cartridge E along the width of the insertion guide (non) 335d. Similarly to the above-described embodiment, the installation operation of the toner cartridge E can be performed.
§2.[调色剂盒的端部分的引导构造]§2. [Guiding Structure of the End Portion of the Toner Cartridge]
将详细描述设置在调色剂盒E的端部分处的突起(被引导部分)。还将描述与安装方向同向地从调色剂盒E的周边表面突出的突起(解锁突起)。There will be described in detail the protrusion (guided portion) provided at the end portion of the toner cartridge E. The protrusion (unlocking protrusion) protruding from the peripheral surface of the toner cartridge E in the same direction as the mounting direction will also be described.
(插入被引导部分(驱动)343和插入被引导部分(非)342之间的关系)(Relationship between Insertion Guided Portion (Drive) 343 and Insertion Guided Portion (Non) 342)
参考图55,将描述插入被引导部分(驱动)343和插入被引导部分(非)342之间的关系。图55示出了调色剂盒E和显影单元D在纵向方向上的位置正确的状态。The relationship between the insertion guided portion (drive) 343 and the insertion guided portion (non) 342 will be described with reference to Figure 55. Figure 55 shows a state in which the positions of the toner cartridge E and the developing unit D in the longitudinal direction are correct.
在调色剂盒的纵向方向上从第二驱动传递部分348的驱动侧端表面测量的插入被引导部分(驱动)343的突出长度为w18(插入被引导部分(驱动)343的长度w18)。在调色剂盒的纵向方向上测量的插入引导部分(驱动)336d的深度为w19(插入引导部分(驱动)336d的深度w19)。The protruding length of the insertion guided portion (drive) 343 measured from the driving side end surface of the second drive transmission portion 348 in the longitudinal direction of the toner cartridge is w18 (the length w18 of the insertion guided portion (drive) 343). The depth of the insertion guide portion (drive) 336d measured in the longitudinal direction of the toner cartridge is w19 (the depth w19 of the insertion guide portion (drive) 336d).
类似地,在调色剂盒的纵向方向上从容器347的非驱动侧端部分测量的插入被引导部分(非)342的突出长度是插入被引导部分(非)342的长度w20(长度w20)。在调色剂盒的纵向方向上测量的插入引导部分(驱动)336d的深度是插入引导部分(非)335d的深度w21(深度w21)。Similarly, the protruding length of the insertion guided portion (non) 342 measured from the non-driving side end portion of the container 347 in the longitudinal direction of the toner cartridge is the length w20 (length w20) of the insertion guided portion (non) 342. The depth of the insertion guide portion (driving) 336d measured in the longitudinal direction of the toner cartridge is the depth w21 (depth w21) of the insertion guide portion (non) 335d.
在该实施例中,插入被引导部分(驱动)343的长度w18使得插入被引导部分(驱动)343能够在公差范围内配合深度为w19的插入引导部分(驱动)336d。更特别地,插入被引导部分(驱动)343的长度w18略小于插入引导部分(驱动)336d的深度w19。插入被引导部分(非)342的长度w20使得插入被引导部分(非)342能够在公差范围内配合深度为w21的插入引导部分(非)335d。更特别地,插入被引导部分(非)342的长度w20略小于插入引导部分(非)335d的深度w21。插入被引导部分(驱动)343的长度w18和插入被引导部分(非)342的长度w20彼此不同。相应地,插入引导部分(驱动)336d的深度w19和插入引导部分(非)335d的深度w21被实现为彼此不同。这是为了在用户将调色剂盒E安装到显影单元D时防止用户以驱动侧和非驱动侧的错误取向将调色剂盒E安装到显影单元D。在该实施例中,插入被引导部分(驱动)343的长度w18大于插入被引导部分(非)342的长度w20。相应地,插入引导部分(驱动)336d的深度w19大于插入引导部分(非)335d的深度w21。In this embodiment, the length w18 of the insertion guided portion (drive) 343 allows it to fit within the tolerance range of the insertion guide portion (drive) 336d, which has a depth w19. More specifically, the length w18 of the insertion guided portion (drive) 343 is slightly less than the depth w19 of the insertion guide portion (drive) 336d. The length w20 of the insertion guided portion (non-) 342 allows it to fit within the tolerance range of the insertion guide portion (non-) 335d, which has a depth w21. More specifically, the length w20 of the insertion guided portion (non-) 342 is slightly less than the depth w21 of the insertion guide portion (non-) 335d. The length w18 of the insertion guided portion (drive) 343 and the length w20 of the insertion guided portion (non-) 342 are different from each other. Accordingly, the depth w19 of the insertion guide portion (drive) 336d and the depth w21 of the insertion guide portion (non-drive) 335d are designed to be different from each other. This is to prevent the user from installing the toner cartridge E into the developer unit D with the drive side and the non-drive side incorrectly oriented. In this embodiment, the length w18 of the insertion guided portion (drive) 343 is greater than the length w20 of the insertion guided portion (non-drive) 342. Accordingly, the depth w19 of the insertion guide portion (drive) 336d is greater than the depth w21 of the insertion guide portion (non-drive) 335d.
插入被引导部分(驱动)343、插入引导部分(驱动)336d、插入被引导部分(非)342和插入引导部分(非)335d的构造和相互关系以该方式进行调节。由此,能够改进调色剂盒E在显影单元D中的安装性能。The configurations and mutual relationships of the insertion guided portion (drive) 343, the insertion guiding portion (drive) 336d, the insertion guided portion (non) 342, and the insertion guiding portion (non) 335d are adjusted in this manner. Thus, the installation performance of the toner cartridge E in the developing unit D can be improved.
<实施例6><Example 6>
在该实施例中,实施例4中的第二闸板253等的结构在调色剂盒E中部分地改变。在该实施例的描述中,与实施例4中相同的附图标记被赋予在该实施例中具有相应功能的元件,并且为了简单起见省略其详细描述。In this embodiment, the structures of the second shutter 253 and the like in Embodiment 4 are partially changed in the toner cartridge E. In the description of this embodiment, the same reference numerals as in Embodiment 4 are given to elements having corresponding functions in this embodiment, and detailed descriptions thereof are omitted for simplicity.
关于调色剂盒E的另一种结构,通过使用相同的部件术语,可以省略与前述实施例相似的部件的描述。Regarding another structure of the toner cartridge E, descriptions of components similar to those of the aforementioned embodiment may be omitted by using the same component terms.
图56的(a)部分、(b)部分和(c)部分示出了第二闸板处于关闭位置的状态。图57的(a)部分、(b)部分和(c)部分示出了第二闸板处于打开位置的状态。Parts (a), (b), and (c) of Figure 56 illustrate a state where the second shutter is in a closed position. Parts (a), (b), and (c) of Figure 57 illustrate a state where the second shutter is in an open position.
在该实施例中,通过相对于容器547移动第二闸板553即可打开和关闭第三开口249。对于第二闸板553而言,卡扣配合部分(支撑部分,连接部分,以及弹性部分)571与闸板的主体部分553m相连接。卡扣配合部分571在自由端处设置有爪部分(第一接合部分,第一突起)571a,并且爪部分571a设置有突起(第二接合部分,第二突起)571b。爪部分571a和突起571b构成用于与接收装置(显影单元D)接合的接合部分。In this embodiment, the third opening 249 can be opened and closed by moving the second shutter 553 relative to the container 547. For the second shutter 553, a snap-fit portion (support portion, connecting portion, and elastic portion) 571 is connected to the main body portion 553m of the shutter. The snap-fit portion 571 is provided with a claw portion (first engaging portion, first protrusion) 571a at the free end, and the claw portion 571a is provided with a protrusion (second engaging portion, second protrusion) 571b. The claw portion 571a and the protrusion 571b constitute an engaging portion for engaging with the receiving device (developing unit D).
在该实施例中,当接合部分(爪部分571a和突起571b)处于退避位置时,卡扣配合部分571的臂部分变形。也就是说,如图56的(a)部分、(b)部分和(c)部分所示,当第二闸板553从打开位置移动到关闭位置时,卡扣配合部分571的被管控表面571f接触管控表面547e。由此,卡扣配合部分571接收来自管控表面547e的力以相对于轴向方向向外变形。由此,接合部分(爪部分571a和突起571b)移动到退避位置。在第二闸板553处于打开位置的状态下,通过管控表面571j(退避位置保持部分)和卡扣配合部分571之间的接触而将接合部分(爪部分571a和突起571b)保持在退避位置。In this embodiment, when the engaging portion (claw portion 571a and protrusion 571b) is in the retreat position, the arm portion of the snap-fit portion 571 is deformed. That is, as shown in parts (a), (b), and (c) of Figure 56, when the second gate 553 moves from the open position to the closed position, the controlled surface 571f of the snap-fit portion 571 contacts the control surface 547e. As a result, the snap-fit portion 571 receives the force from the control surface 547e to deform outward relative to the axial direction. As a result, the engaging portion (claw portion 571a and protrusion 571b) moves to the retreat position. When the second gate 553 is in the open position, the engaging portion (claw portion 571a and protrusion 571b) is maintained in the retreat position by the contact between the control surface 571j (retreat position holding portion) and the snap-fit portion 571.
另一方面,当如图57的(a)部分、(b)部分和(c)部分所示打开第二闸板时,卡扣配合部分571从管控表面547e离开以恢复(自然状态)。结果,接合部分(爪部分571a和突起571b)移动到接合位置。也就是说,通过卡扣配合部分571的弹力,接合部分相对于轴向方向向内移动。由此,爪部分571a与闸板保持部分263接合,并且突起571b与锁定孔263a接合。On the other hand, when the second shutter is opened as shown in parts (a), (b), and (c) of Figure 57, the snap-fit portion 571 moves away from the control surface 547e to return to its natural state. As a result, the engaging portion (claw portion 571a and protrusion 571b) moves to the engaged position. In other words, the engaging portion moves inward relative to the axial direction due to the elastic force of the snap-fit portion 571. As a result, the claw portion 571a engages with the shutter retaining portion 263, and the protrusion 571b engages with the locking hole 263a.
在该实施例中,用于将接合部分移动到接合位置的接合位置移动部分和/或用于将接合部分保持在接合位置的接合位置保持部分也可以设置在容器547(实施例4的第一管控部表面247d)上。In this embodiment, a joining position moving portion for moving the joining portion to the joining position and/or a joining position retaining portion for retaining the joining portion at the joining position may also be provided on the container 547 (the first control portion surface 247d of Example 4).
在该实施例中,支撑接合部分的支撑部分(卡扣配合部分571的臂部分)具有弹性部分。也就是说,通过支撑部分(卡扣配合部分571)本身的弹力来移动接合部分(爪部分571a,突起571b)。然而,支撑部分本身具有弹性部分并不是必须的。In this embodiment, the support portion (the arm portion of the snap-fit portion 571) that supports the engaging portion has an elastic portion. In other words, the engaging portion (claw portion 571a, protrusion 571b) is moved by the elastic force of the support portion (snap-fit portion 571) itself. However, it is not essential that the support portion itself has an elastic portion.
例如,利用轴将用于支撑接合部分(爪部分571a,突起571b)的支撑部分(支撑构件,臂部分)可旋转地安装在闸板的主体部分553m上。可以考虑在轴上设置扭转弹簧(弹性构件,弹性部分),并且通过扭转弹簧的力将支撑部分推压到接合位置。利用这样的结构,即使支撑部分本身不变形,接合部分(爪部分571a,突起571b)也能够通过支撑部分的旋转而移动。接合部分通过扭转弹簧的弹力能够从退避位置移动到接合位置。For example, a support portion (support member, arm portion) for supporting the engaging portion (claw portion 571a, protrusion 571b) is rotatably mounted on the main body portion 553m of the gate plate using an axis. It is conceivable to provide a torsion spring (elastic member, elastic portion) on the axis, and to push the supporting portion to the engaging position by the force of the torsion spring. With such a structure, even if the supporting portion itself is not deformed, the engaging portion (claw portion 571a, protrusion 571b) can be moved by the rotation of the supporting portion. The engaging portion can be moved from the retreat position to the engaging position by the elastic force of the torsion spring.
或者,可以考虑支撑部分相对于闸板的主体部分553能够滑动,并且支撑部分由螺旋弹簧(弹性构件)推压到接合位置。利用这样的结构,即使支撑部分本身不变形,接合部分也能够通过支撑部分的滑动而移动。Alternatively, it is contemplated that the support portion can slide relative to the main body portion 553 of the gate, and that the support portion is pushed to the engagement position by a coil spring (elastic member). Utilizing such a structure, even if the support portion itself does not deform, the engagement portion can move by the sliding of the support portion.
在实施例7中将描述由弹性部分(弹性构件)推压可移动支撑部分(支撑构件)的结构。In Embodiment 7, a structure in which a movable supporting portion (supporting member) is urged by an elastic portion (elastic member) will be described.
<实施例7><Example 7>
在该实施例中,实施例4的第二闸板253等的结构在调色剂盒E中部分地改变。在实施例4等中,支撑第二闸板的接合部分(爪部分271a,突起271b等)的支撑部分(臂部分271c)本身是弹性部分。在本实施例中,除了支撑部分(支撑部)之外还设置有独立的弹性构件(弹性部分)。支撑部分被可移动地支撑。In this embodiment, the structure of the second shutter 253 and the like of the fourth embodiment is partially modified in the toner cartridge E. In the fourth embodiment and the like, the supporting portion (arm portion 271c) supporting the engaging portion (claw portion 271a, protrusion 271b, etc.) of the second shutter is itself an elastic portion. In this embodiment, an independent elastic member (elastic portion) is provided in addition to the supporting portion (supporting part). The supporting portion is movably supported.
除了调色剂盒E之外的部件的结构类似于实施例4,并且因此省略其描述。关于调色剂盒E的另一种结构,通过使用相同的部件术语,可以省略与前述实施例相类似的部件的描述。在附图中,为了简化说明而省略了一部分的形状或元件。该实施例中的元件的尺寸、材料、构造、相对位置可以根据装置的结构和/或各种条件适当地修改。所以,本发明不限于该实施例中的具体结构。The structure of the components other than the toner cartridge E is similar to that of embodiment 4, and therefore its description is omitted. With regard to another structure of the toner cartridge E, the description of the components similar to those of the previous embodiment can be omitted by using the same component terms. In the accompanying drawings, the shapes or components of a portion are omitted for simplicity of description. The size, material, construction, and relative position of the components in this embodiment can be appropriately modified according to the structure of the device and/or various conditions. Therefore, the present invention is not limited to the specific structure in this embodiment.
图58的(a)部分、(b)部分以及(c)部分是该实施例中的第二闸板的示图。图59是设置在第二闸板上的接合部分(可接合构件)的示图。Parts (a), (b), and (c) of Figure 58 are diagrams of the second shutter in this embodiment. Figure 59 is a diagram of an engaging portion (engageable member) provided on the second shutter.
图60的(a)部分和(b)部分以及图61的(a)部分和(b)部分示出了第二闸板处于关闭位置的状态。图62的(a)部分和(b)部分以及图63的(a)部分和(b)部分示出了第二闸板处于打开位置的状态。Parts (a) and (b) of Figure 60 and parts (a) and (b) of Figure 61 show the state in which the second shutter is in the closed position. Parts (a) and (b) of Figure 62 and parts (a) and (b) of Figure 63 show the state in which the second shutter is in the open position.
在该实施例中,通过相对于容器647移动第二闸板(打开/关闭构件)653即可打开和关闭第三开口249。In this embodiment, the third opening 249 is opened and closed by moving the second shutter (opening/closing member) 653 relative to the container 647 .
第二闸板653包括主体部分(关闭部分)653m、可接合构件(支撑部分,支撑构件)671、臂部分672、螺旋弹簧675等。臂部分672从闸板的主体部分653m的下端侧朝向自由端侧向上延伸,并且臂部分672的自由端侧设置有可接合构件671和安装于此的螺旋弹簧(加压弹簧)675。The second gate 653 includes a main body portion (closing portion) 653m, an engageable member (support portion, support member) 671, an arm portion 672, a coil spring 675, etc. The arm portion 672 extends upward from the lower end side of the main body portion 653m of the gate toward the free end side, and the free end side of the arm portion 672 is provided with the engageable member 671 and the coil spring (pressurizing spring) 675 mounted thereto.
如图59所示,可接合构件671包括爪部分(第一接合部分)671a、突起(第二接合部分)671b。爪部分671a和突起671b构成设置在第二闸板653上的接合部分(打开/关闭构件侧接合部分),并且具有与实施例4中的爪部分271a和突起271b相同的构造。爪部分671a相对于第二闸板653的旋转半径至少径向向外突出。突起671b相对于第二闸板653从关闭位置到打开位置的移动方向至少向下游侧突出。As shown in Figure 59, the engageable member 671 includes a claw portion (first engaging portion) 671a and a protrusion (second engaging portion) 671b. The claw portion 671a and the protrusion 671b constitute the engaging portion (opening/closing member side engaging portion) provided on the second gate 653 and have the same structure as the claw portion 271a and the protrusion 271b in Example 4. The claw portion 671a protrudes at least radially outward relative to the rotation radius of the second gate 653. The protrusion 671b protrudes at least downstream relative to the direction of movement of the second gate 653 from the closed position to the open position.
可接合构件671中的除了接合部分(爪部分671a、突起671b)之外的部分是支撑接合部分的支撑部分。可接合构件671还用作能够相对于闸板的主体部分653m滑动的可移动构件(可滑动构件)。螺旋弹簧(弹性构件,弹性部分)675是用于推压可接合构件671的推压部分。螺旋弹簧675安装在设于可接合构件671上的凸台671h上,并且是向可接合构件671的表面(被推压部分)671e加压以在预定方向上推压可接合构件671。在该实施例中,可接合构件671(爪部分671a,突起671b)由螺旋弹簧(弹性构件,弹性部分)675轴向向内推压。换句话说,接合部分(爪部分671a、671b)由螺旋弹簧675朝向接合位置推压。The part other than the engaging portion (claw portion 671a, protrusion 671b) in the engageable member 671 is a supporting portion that supports the engaging portion. The engageable member 671 also serves as a movable member (slidable member) that can slide relative to the main body portion 653m of the gate. The coil spring (elastic member, elastic portion) 675 is a pushing portion for pushing the engageable member 671. The coil spring 675 is mounted on a boss 671h provided on the engageable member 671 and is pressurized to the surface (pushed portion) 671e of the engageable member 671 to push the engageable member 671 in a predetermined direction. In this embodiment, the engageable member 671 (claw portion 671a, protrusion 671b) is pushed axially inward by the coil spring (elastic member, elastic portion) 675. In other words, the engaging portion (claw portion 671a, 671b) is pushed toward the engaging position by the coil spring 675.
推压部分可以是除了螺旋弹簧以外的弹性构件(弹性部分)。例如,可以使用板簧。在该实施例中,推压部分是加压弹簧,而且可以是相对于可接合构件671具有推压部分的不同布置的拉簧。也就是说,利用施加到可接合构件671的螺旋弹簧的张力,能够将接合部分推压到接合位置。The pressing portion may be an elastic member (elastic portion) other than a coil spring. For example, a leaf spring may be used. In this embodiment, the pressing portion is a compression spring, and may be a tension spring having a different arrangement of the pressing portion relative to the engageable member 671. In other words, the engaging portion can be urged to the engaging position by utilizing the tension of the coil spring applied to the engageable member 671.
如图60的(a)部分和(b)部分以及图61的(a)部分和(b)部分所示,当第二闸板653处于关闭位置时,可接合构件671与管控表面接触,以使得移动被管控。也就是说,接合部分(爪部分671a,突起671b)由螺旋弹簧675朝向接合位置推压,但是它被设置在容器647上的管控表面647j保持在退避位置。管控表面647j是用于抵抗螺旋弹簧675而将接合部分保持在退避位置的退避位置保持部分。As shown in parts (a) and (b) of Figure 60 and parts (a) and (b) of Figure 61, when the second shutter 653 is in the closed position, the engageable member 671 contacts the control surface so that the movement is controlled. That is, the engaging portion (claw portion 671a, protrusion 671b) is urged toward the engaged position by the coil spring 675, but is held in the retracted position by the control surface 647j provided on the container 647. The control surface 647j is a retracted position retaining portion for resisting the coil spring 675 and holding the engaging portion in the retracted position.
当第二闸板653处于关闭位置时,爪部分671a不与闸板保持部分接合,并且突起671b也不与锁定孔接合。When the second shutter 653 is in the closed position, the claw portion 671 a is not engaged with the shutter holding portion, and the protrusion 671 b is not engaged with the locking hole.
在此状态下,容器647在由图61的(b)部分中的箭头e指示的方向上旋转。然后,第二闸板653相对于容器647在箭头h的方向上旋转。结果,如图62的(a)部分和(b)部分以及图63的(a)部分和(b)部分所示,第二闸板653处于打开位置,使得第三开口(排出开口)打开。In this state, the container 647 rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow e in part (b) of Figure 61. Then, the second shutter 653 rotates in the direction of the arrow h relative to the container 647. As a result, as shown in parts (a) and (b) of Figure 62 and parts (a) and (b) of Figure 63, the second shutter 653 is in the open position, so that the third opening (discharge opening) is opened.
随着第二闸板653从关闭位置移动到打开位置,管控表面647j和管控表面647e离开可接合构件671(管控表面671f、671k)。然后,可接合构件671(爪部分671a,突起671b)通过螺旋弹簧675的力轴向向内移动到接合位置。也就是说,爪部分671a处于能与闸板保持部分263接合的位置,并且突起671b处于能与锁定孔263a接合的位置。As the second shutter 653 moves from the closed position to the open position, the control surfaces 647j and 647e separate from the engageable member 671 (control surfaces 671f, 671k). The engageable member 671 (claw portion 671a, protrusion 671b) then moves axially inwardly to the engaged position by the force of the coil spring 675. That is, the claw portion 671a is in a position to engage with the shutter retaining portion 263, and the protrusion 671b is in a position to engage with the locking hole 263a.
螺旋弹簧675是设置在第二闸板653上的接合位置移动部分,用于将爪部分671a和突起671b移动到接合位置。The coil spring 675 is an engaging position moving portion provided on the second shutter 653 for moving the claw portion 671 a and the protrusion 671 b to the engaging position.
假设容器647从第二闸板653处于打开位置的状态开始在图63的(b)部分所示的箭头e的方向上旋转。在此时,处于接合位置的爪部分671a与闸板保持部分263接合,且处于接合位置的突起671b与锁定孔263a接合。结果,第二闸板653的移动被管控,并且因此,仅容器647在箭头e的方向上旋转。换句话说,第二闸板653在箭头h的方向上相对于容器647旋转。也就是说,第二闸板653利用由爪部分671a和突起671b从闸板保持部分263a接收的力移动到关闭位置。Assume that the container 647 starts to rotate in the direction of arrow e shown in part (b) of Figure 63 from the state where the second shutter 653 is in the open position. At this time, the claw portion 671a in the engaged position engages with the shutter retaining portion 263, and the protrusion 671b in the engaged position engages with the locking hole 263a. As a result, the movement of the second shutter 653 is controlled, and therefore, only the container 647 rotates in the direction of arrow e. In other words, the second shutter 653 rotates relative to the container 647 in the direction of arrow h. That is, the second shutter 653 uses the force received from the shutter retaining portion 263a by the claw portion 671a and the protrusion 671b to move to the closed position.
随着第二闸板653移动到打开位置,设置在容器上的管控表面647e接触到设置在可接合构件671(爪部分671a)上的被管控表面671f。管控表面647e是相对于第二闸板653的移动方向(旋转移动方向)倾斜的表面(倾斜部分)。所以,可接合构件671与管控表面647e接触以在管控表面647e上轴向向外移动。换句话说,通过从管控表面647e接收的力,可接合构件671(爪部分671a,突起671b)抵抗螺旋弹簧675的弹力而朝向退避位置移动。As the second shutter 653 moves to the open position, the control surface 647e provided on the container contacts the controlled surface 671f provided on the engageable member 671 (claw portion 671a). The control surface 647e is a surface (inclined portion) that is inclined relative to the moving direction (rotational movement direction) of the second shutter 653. Therefore, the engageable member 671 contacts the control surface 647e to move axially outward on the control surface 647e. In other words, by receiving the force from the control surface 647e, the engageable member 671 (claw portion 671a, protrusion 671b) moves toward the retreat position against the elastic force of the coil spring 675.
结果,突起671b从锁定孔263a脱离,并且其爪部分671a从闸板保持部分263脱离。As a result, the projection 671 b is disengaged from the locking hole 263 a , and the claw portion 671 a thereof is disengaged from the shutter holding portion 263 .
管控表面647e是用于使设置在第二闸板653上的接合部分(爪部分671a,突起671b)朝向退避位置移动的退避位置移动部分。管控表面647e是由设置在容器647上的突出部(突起)提供的表面。在另一方面,容器647可以设置有凹部(例如凹槽),管控表面647e由所述凹部提供。The control surface 647e is a retracted position moving portion for moving the engaging portion (claw portion 671a, protrusion 671b) provided on the second shutter 653 toward the retracted position. The control surface 647e is a surface provided by a protrusion (protrusion) provided on the container 647. On the other hand, the container 647 may be provided with a recessed portion (e.g., a groove), and the control surface 647e is provided by the recessed portion.
另外,在该实施例中,通过设置在第二闸板653上的弹性部分(螺旋弹簧,弹性构件)使接合部分朝向接合位置移动,并且通过设置在容器上的管控表面(退避位置移动部分)使接合部分移动到退避位置。In addition, in this embodiment, the engaging portion is moved toward the engaging position by an elastic portion (coil spring, elastic member) provided on the second gate plate 653, and the engaging portion is moved to the retracted position by a control surface (retracted position moving portion) provided on the container.
然而,相反地,也可以通过设置在第二闸板653上的弹性构件(螺旋弹簧等)使接合部分移动到退避位置,并且通过设置在容器上的管控表面(接合位置移动部分)使接合部分移动到接合位置。也就是说,该实施例的弹性构件(螺旋弹簧等)可以应用于上述的实施例6。However, conversely, the engaging portion may be moved to the retracted position by an elastic member (coil spring, etc.) provided on the second shutter plate 653, and the engaging portion may be moved to the engaged position by a control surface (engagement position moving portion) provided on the container. In other words, the elastic member (coil spring, etc.) of this embodiment may be applied to the aforementioned embodiment 6.
[工业实用性][Industrial Applicability]
根据本发明,提供了一种能够可拆卸地安装到成像装置的调色剂盒。According to the present invention, there is provided a toner cartridge that is detachably mountable to an image forming apparatus.
[附图标记][reference numerals]
30:第二开口30: Second opening
43:插入被引导部分43: Insert the guided part
43a:抵接部分43a: abutment portion
43:旋转被引导部分43: Rotating guided part
44:握持构件44: Grip component
44a:固定部分44a: Fixed part
44b:操作部分44b: Operation part
53:第二闸板53: Second gate
53a:卡扣配合部分53a: snap-fit portion
53b:爪部分53b: Claw part
53c:前侧表面53c: front surface
54:第二密封构件54: Second sealing member
58:连通部分58: Connected part
61:第一锁定臂61: First locking arm
61a:爪部分61a: Claw part
62:释放爪62: Release Claw
63:闸板保持部分63: Gate retaining part
64:搅拌轴密封件64: Stirring shaft seal
Claims (74)
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2014-158120 | 2014-08-01 | ||
| JP2014-158119 | 2014-08-01 | ||
| JP2015-032063 | 2015-02-20 |
Related Parent Applications (5)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| HK42021034792.8A Division HK40044719B (en) | 2014-08-01 | 2017-12-06 | Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter |
| HK42021034789.4A Division HK40044717A (en) | 2014-08-01 | 2017-12-06 | Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter |
| HK42021034791.0A Division HK40044718B (en) | 2014-08-01 | 2017-12-06 | Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter |
| HK42021030463.0A Division HK40039855B (en) | 2014-08-01 | 2017-12-06 | Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter |
| HK42021034788.6A Division HK40044716B (en) | 2014-08-01 | 2017-12-06 | Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter |
Related Child Applications (5)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| HK42021034792.8A Addition HK40044719B (en) | 2014-08-01 | 2017-12-06 | Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter |
| HK42021034789.4A Addition HK40044717A (en) | 2014-08-01 | 2017-12-06 | Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter |
| HK42021034791.0A Addition HK40044718B (en) | 2014-08-01 | 2017-12-06 | Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter |
| HK42021030463.0A Addition HK40039855B (en) | 2014-08-01 | 2017-12-06 | Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter |
| HK42021034788.6A Addition HK40044716B (en) | 2014-08-01 | 2017-12-06 | Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| HK1239839A1 HK1239839A1 (en) | 2018-05-11 |
| HK1239839B true HK1239839B (en) | 2021-08-27 |
Family
ID=
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP7719229B2 (en) | Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, shutter | |
| JP6682284B2 (en) | Toner cartridge and toner supply mechanism | |
| HK1239839B (en) | Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter | |
| HK40044719B (en) | Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter | |
| HK40039855B (en) | Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter | |
| HK40044716A (en) | Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter | |
| HK40044719A (en) | Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter | |
| HK40044718A (en) | Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter | |
| HK40044717A (en) | Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter | |
| HK40039855A (en) | Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter | |
| HK40044716B (en) | Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter | |
| HK40044718B (en) | Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter | |
| HK1239839A1 (en) | Toner cartridge, toner supply mechanism, and shutter |